Home

2011 Soul Owner`s Manual

1. Lubricant Volume Classification Engine oil 1 6 Engine 3 3 Z 3 49 US qt API Service SM drain and refill 2 0 Engine 4 0 1 4 23 US qt ILSAC GF 4 or above Manual transaxle fluid 1 9 7 2 01 US qt API Service GL 4 SAE 75W 85 fill for life Auiomeie teneas iud Oe ea AU DIAMOND ATF SP III SK ATF SP III 2 0 Engine 6 6 6 97 US qt Power steering 0 9 0 95 US qt PSF 3 Coolant 1 6 Engine 6 5 6 87 US qt Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water 2 0 Engine 7 2 1 7 61 US qt Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator i iinet FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 Brake Clutch fluid 0 7 0 8 US qt 3 or Fuel 48 12 68 US gal Refer to Fuel requirements in section 1 1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page 2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available Along with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer significant cost and energy savings 3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country you are able to use API service SL Specifications amp Consumer information 1040100AAM EU Recommended SAE viscosity number Engine oil viscosity thickness has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating engine start and engine oil
2. Driving your vehicle Continued Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR either the maximum front or rear GAWR and vehicle capacity weight If you do parts including tires on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles and braking ability This could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehi cle The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed equipment your vehicle can carry If you carry items inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they are moving as fast as the vehicle If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driv er or a passenger A WARNING Overloading your vehicle can cause heat buildup in your vehicle s tires and possible tire failure that could lead to a crash Overloading your vehicle can cause increased stopping dis tances that could lead to a crash A crash resulting from poor handling vehicle damage tire failure or increased stopping distances could result in seri ous injury or death CAUTION e Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warran ty Do not overload your vehicle e Using heavier suspension com ponents to get added durability might not change your weight ratings Ask your dealer t
3. s ssssesseesseseeseesetessenseneens 4 92 Luggage rack see roof rack s ssesseeseeeeseeeeseeeseeeesees 4 93 Index O Maintenance Occupant detection system sssessessteseesseesesseesesens 3 39 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 11 Odometer irisemise eee eE eN capes capes Esen cence 4 42 Maintenance Services e eeeeeteeeeeereesersesersersereesseeseenees 7 4 Oil Engine eeeeeeeetteeeertreesssteeeesseeesesseeesssseeessssseessnnneens 7 14 Maintenance schedule e eeeeeeeeeeeereeeersesrrsersrsersreersrenres 7 7 Outside rearview Mirror ee eeeetetetteeeteeseteersesersesrrserer tets 4 34 OWN EL MAINTENANCE verre ee eee eece eee eecee ee eeceeeeeeeeeceeeeneeeeeenes 7 5 CO Noid en e ccce eee eee eee eco esii senres aS E 6 6 Tire maintenance eri eceeececccecscccsseccacacdacceeanectacdteascenenees 7 35 Owner maintenance oereeree ee see see evece sce sence ece seer sceseessesssceseesees 7 5 Manual climate control SYSTEM ettrrrrttrtertrtererterttteretet 4 68 Air conditioning s ssssssssesesssesseeeesssssesseesesenasaes 4 74 P Climate control air filter e eeeeeeeeee seser eerereereeeee seee 4 75 Heating and air conditioning 4 69 Parking brake sssssssssessssssesssssesesessessssesseeses 5 23 7 24 Manual transaxle seeceeeesesesssessessesseessessseseecseeseeeneees 5 12 Passenger s front air bag ssssssessessesssesssssessesseeses
4. 1VQA2086 C040802AHM Air bag non inflation conditions e In certain low speed collisions the air bags may not deploy The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such collisions Safety features of your vehicle OUN036087 e Air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact In this case inflated air bags would not be able to provide any addi tional benefit 5 0VQ036018N e Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions because occupants move to the direction of the collision and thus in side impacts frontal air bag deployment would not provide addi tional occupant protection However if equipped with side impact and curtain air bags the air bags may inflate depending on the intensity vehi cle speed and angles of impact 1VQA2089 e In an angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional bene fit and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags Safety features of your vehicle 1VQA2090 e Just before impact drivers often brake heavily Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to ride under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance Air bags may not inflate in this under ride situat
5. 6 Features of your vehicle 1 CD Loading Slot Please face printed side upward and gen tly push in When the ignition switch is on ACC or ON and power is off power is auto matically turned on if the CD is loaded This CDP supports only 12 cm CD If VCD or Data CD are loaded a Reading Error message will be displayed and the CD will be ejected 2 CD Eject Button Push amp button to eject the CD during CD playback This button is enabled when ignition switch is off 3 CD AUX Selection Button e lf an auxiliary device is connected it switches to AUX mode from the other mode to play the sounds from the aux iliary player e If the CD is loaded turns to CD mode and if a device is connected to AUX then it toggles in the order of CD AUX CD when the button is pressed each time It will not turn to AUX if the auxiliary device is not connected e lf there is no CD or auxiliary device then it displays the message No Media for 3 seconds and returns to the previous mode 4 Automatic Track Selection Button e Press TRACK V button for less than 0 8 second to play from the beginning of current song e Press TRACK V button for less than 0 8 second and press again within 1 second to play the previous song e Continue to press down the TRACK V button to initiate reverse direction high speed sound search of current song e Press TRACK A button for less than 0 8 second to play the next song
6. Continued Features of your vehicle Continued e If the USB device is divided by logical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are recognized by car audio e Devices such as MP3 Player Cellular phone Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard USB I F can be unrecognizable e Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable e Some USB flash memory readers such as CF SD microSD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable e Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT are not recognizable The data in the USB memory may be lost while using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Continued Continued e Please avoid using USB memory products which can be used as key chains or cellular phone accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector products as shown below Features of your vehicle RUNNING iPod PA710 PA715 AMAB USA K There will be no Bluetooth logo if the Bluetooth feature is not supported 1 iPod Selection Button 2 TRACK Moving Button pusis 3 REPEAT Selection Button 4 RANDOM Playback Button 5 INFO Button o D A o 6 SEARCH Knob amp ENTER Button 7 CATEGORY Selection Button 000 iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc Features of your vehicle 1
7. e Air bags inflate in the event of a seri ous frontal collision or side collision if equipped with side impact air bag or curtain air bag in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury e There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to inflate by the severity of a collision and its direction These two factors deter mine whether the sensors send out an electronic deployment inflation signal e Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle speed angles of impact and the densi ty and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision Though factors are not limit ed to those mentioned above e The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident It is much more likely that you will sim ply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision e In order to help provide protection in a severe collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of the extremely short time in which a colli sion occurs and the need to get the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe col lision a
8. A WARNING If a seat track position sensor or an occupant detection system is not working properly the SRS air bag warning light 27 on the instrument panel will illuminate because the SRS air bag warning light is con nected with the seat track position sensor and the occupant detection system If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position remains illuminated after approximately 6 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized KIA dealer inspect the advanced SRS air bag system as soon as possible The driver s seat track position sensor which is installed on the seat track deter mine if the seat is fore or aft of a refer ence position The seat belt buckle sen sors determine if the driver and front pas senger s seat belts are fastened These sensors provide the ability to con trol the SRS deployment based on how close the driver s seat is to the steering wheel whether or not the seat belts are fastened and how severe the impact is The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation with two lev els A first stage level is provided for mod erate severity impacts A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts The passenger s front air bag is designed to help reduce the injury of children sit ting close to the instrument panel i
9. All tire pressures including the spare should be checked when the tires are cold Cold Tires means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than 1 6 km one mile Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride top vehi cle handling and minimum tire wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 OUN086005 All specifications sizes and pres sures can be found on a label attached to the drivers side center pillar CAUTION e Underinflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your tire pres sures at the proper levels If a tire frequently needs refilling have it checked by an author ized KIA dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the center of the tire tread and a greater possibility of dam age from road hazards CAUTION e Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pres sures by 28 to 41 kPa 4 to 6 psi Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pres sure or the tires will be under inflated Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation valve caps Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If a valve cap is missing install a new one as soon as possible A CAUTION Tire pressure Always observe the following e Check tire pressure when
10. cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac ard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres sure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pres sure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire mainte nance and it is the drivers responsi bility to maintain correct tire pres sure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina tion of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximate l
11. propane cylinders or other flamma ble explosive materials in the vehi cle These items may catch fire and or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods OAM049069 D270100AUN C1 Center console storage These compartments can be used to store small items required by the driver or front passenger D270400BAM A WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in an accident or sudden stop do not store sharp or dangerous items OAM049070 D270200AUN Glove box To open the glove box pull the handle and the glove box will automatically open Close the glove box after use A WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in an accident or sudden stop always keep the glove box door closed while driving CAUTION Do not keep food in the glove box for a long time Features of your vehicle OAM040071 D270400AAM Multi box if equipped To open the box push the lever up and the cover will open Push down the cover to close OAM049074 D270500BUN C1 Luggage box if equipped You can place a first aid kit a reflector tri angle tools etc in the box for easy access INTERIOR FEATURES AM OAM049076 D280100AUN U1 Cigarette lighter if equipped For the cigarette lighter to work the igni tion switch must be in the ACC or ON position To use the cigarette lighter push it all the way into its socket When the element is heated the
12. 4 62 Interior light 4 65 Defroster 4 67 Manual climate control system 4 68 Automatic climate control system 4 77 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 84 Storage compartment 4 87 Interior features 4 88 Exterior feature 4 93 Audio system 4 94 Features of your vehicle KEYS Type A Type B To unfold the key press the release but ton then the key will unfold automatically To fold the key fold the key manually while pressing the release button CAUTION Do not fold the key without press ing the release button This may damage the key OUN046100L D010100AUN Record your key number The key code number is stamped on the bar code tag attached to the key set Should you lose your keys this number will enable an authorized KIA dealer to duplicate the keys easily Remove the bar code tag and store it in a safe place Also record the code number and keep it ina safe place not in the vehicle OAM049096L OAM041096L D010200AAM Key operations e Used to start the engine Used to lock and unlock the doors Features of your vehicle To deactivate the immobilizer sys tem Insert the ignition key into the key cylin der and turn it to the ON position To activate the immobilizer system Turn the ignition key to the OFF position The immobilizer system activates auto matically Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle the engine will not start OHM04823
13. Also once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate will lock auto matically D040104AHM Start up You can start the engine without inserting the key For detailed information refer to Starting the engine with a smart key in section 5 Features of your vehicle D040300AHM EC Smart key precautions NOTICE If for some reason you happen to lose your smart key you will not be able to start the engine Tow the vehicle if necessary and contact an authorized KIA dealer e A maximum of 2 smart keys can be registered to a single vehicle If you lose a smart key you should immedi ately take the vehicle and key to your authorized KIA dealer to protect it from potential theft e The smart key will not work if any of the following occurs The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the smart key The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone Another vehicle s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle When the smart key does not work properly open and close the door with the mechanical key If you have a problem with the smart key contact an authorized KIA dealer CAUTION Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids it will not be covered by your manufactur er s vehicle wa
14. Bluetooth is a wireless technology that allows multiple devices to be connected in a short range low powered devices like hands free stereo headset wireless remocon etc For more information visit the Bluetooth website at www Bluetooth com m General Features e This audio system supports Bluetooth hands free and stereo headset fea tures HANDS FREE feature Making or receiving calls wirelessly through voice recognition STEREO HEADSET feature Playing music from cellular phones that sup ports A2DP feature wirelessly e Voice recognition engine of the Bluetooth system supports 3 types of languages English Canadian French US Spanish NOTICE e The phone must be paired to the sys tem before using Bluetooth features e Only one selected linked cellular phone can be used with the system at a time e Some phones are not fully compatible with this system e The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology Features of your vehicle m Bluetooth Language Setting The system language can be changed by the following steps 1 Power on the audio system with the volume set to an audible level 2 Press and hold button on the steering wheel until the audio displays Please Wait The Bluetooth system will r
15. Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them ina vehicle that is heated up It may explode Features of your vehicle OAM049078 D280301AHM Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders b D280400AAM Sunvisor Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows To use the sunvisor pull it downward To use the sunvisor for the side window pull it downward unsnap it from the bracket 1 and swing it to the side 2 To use the vanity mirror pull down the visor and pull up the mirror cover 3 The ticket holder 4 is provided for hold ing a tollgate ticket if equipped OUN027330 OAM049080 D280500AEN Power outlet if equipped The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running Features of your vehicle CAUTION Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use Using the accessory plug for pro longed periods of time with the engine off could cause the bat tery to discharge Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in elec tric capacity e Adjust the air conditioner or OSA047143 OSA047133 H heater to the lowest operating D280700AUN C1 D280800AAM level when using the power outlet Shopping bag holde
16. This indicator comes on when the O D system is deactivated Tire Pressure Monitoring System indicator Type A D150331AHM U1 Low tire pressure telltale if equipped z The low tire pressure telltale comes on for 3 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the ON position If the warning light does not come on or continuously remains on after coming on for about 3 seconds when you turned the ignition key to the ON position the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is not work ing properly If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an KIA authorized dealer as soon as possible This warning light will also illuminate if one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible If the warning light illuminates while driv ing reduce vehicle speed immediately and stop the vehicle Avoid hard braking and overcorrecting at the steering wheel Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehi cle s tire information placard D150332AAM TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System malfunction indicator if equipped The TPMS malfunction indicator comes on for 3 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the ON position If the warn ing light does not come on or remains on after 3 seconds when the ignition key is turned to the ON position the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is not work ing properly If this occurs have your vehicle che
17. action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized KIA dealer for assis tance Don t coast down hills with the vehicle out of gear This is extremely haz ardous Keep the vehicle in gear at all times use the brakes to slow down then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed Don t ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driv ing can be dangerous because the brakes might overheat and lose their effectiveness It also increases the wear of the brake components e If a tire goes flat while you are driving apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place Driving your vehicle e If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transaxle don t let your vehi cle creep forward To avoid creeping forward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped e Be cautious when parking on a hill Firmly engage the parking brake and place the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle If your vehicle is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If your vehicle is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If there is no
18. ance of voice recognition system to a particular user voice This will degrade the performance for other users Record Press EA button for 10sec Say Record profile Say Yes Say the word displayed on Radio Delete Press J button for 10sec Say Delete profile Say Yes Features of your vehicle CAUTION IN USING BLUETOOTH CELLULAR PHONE Do not use a cellular phone or perform Bluetooth settings e g pairing a phone while driving Some Bluetooth enabled phones may not be recognized by the system or fully compatible with the system Before using Bluetooth related features of the audio system refer your phone s User s Manual for phone side Bluetooth opera tions The phone must be paired to the audio system to use Bluetooth related features You will not be able to use the hands free feature when your phone in the car is outside of the cellular service area e g ina tunnel in a underground in a mountainous area etc If the cellular phone signal is poor or the vehicles interior noise is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Continued continued Do not place the phone near or inside metallic objects otherwise communications with Bluetooth system or cellular service sta tions can be disturbed e While a phone is connected through Bluetooth your phone may discharge quicker than
19. and for more than 15 mile 25 km Be sure the steering wheel is unlocked by placing the ignition switch in the ACC position A driver must be in the towed vehi OAM060017L cle to operate the steering wheel and brakes Tie down hook Before towing check the auto for flatbed towing if equipped matic transaxle fluid leak under your vehicle If the automatic transaxle fluid is leaking a flatbed equipment or towing dolly must be used Engine compartment 7 2 Maintenance services 7 4 Owner maintenance 7 5 Maintenance schedule 7 7 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 11 Engine oil 7 14 Engine coolant 7 15 Brake clutch fluid 7 18 Power steering fluid 7 19 Automatic transaxle fluid 7 20 Washer fluid 7 22 Parking brake 7 22 Air cleaner 7 23 Wiper blades 7 24 Battery 7 27 Tires and wheels 7 30 Fuses 7 43 Appearance care 7 52 Emission control system 7 58 Maintenance C O ENGINE COMPARTMENT m 1 6L Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Air cleaner Fuse box Negative battery terminal Positive battery terminal Radiator cap 9 Engine oil dipstick 10 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 11 Power steering fluid reservoir if equipped AN Oar WD The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OAM019003N G010000AAM EU Maintenance _ _ see m 2
20. cable or chain to the towing hook provided Before emergency towing check that the hook is not broken or damaged Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook Do not jerk the hook Apply it steadily and with even force To avoid damaging the hook do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle Always pull straight ahead Gee toeoce oe dl What to do in an emergenc OPA067014 e Use a towing strap less than 5 m 16 feet long Attach a white or red cloth about 30 cm 12 inches wide in the middle of the strap for easy visibility e Drive carefully so that the towing strap is not loose during towing F080301 AAM EU Emergency towing precautions e Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the steering wheel isn t locked e Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral Release the parking bake e Press the brake pedal with more force than usual since you will have reduced brake performance e More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled e If you are driving down a long hill the brakes may overheat and brake per formance will be reduced Stop often and let the brakes cool off What to do in an emergency F080400AHM CAUTION Automatic transaxle If the vehicle is being towed with all four wheels on the ground it can be towed only from the front Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral Do not tow at speeds greater than 25 mph 40 km h
21. cle with any tire wheel combination not recommended by KIA for off road driving you should not use these tires for highway driving E110200AAM EU Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between 1st First and R Reverse in vehicles equipped with a manual transaxle or R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as possible If you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating and possible damage to the transaxle CAUTION Prolonged rocking may cause engine overheating transaxle dam age or failure and tire damage secede ceua Driving your vehicle NOTICE The ESC system if equipped should be turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle OUN056051 E110300AUN Smooth cornering Avoid braking or gear changing in cor ners especially when roads are wet Ideally corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration If you follow these suggestions tire wear will be held to a minimum E110400AUN Driving at night Because night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight here are some important tips to remember e Slow down and keep more distance bet
22. e gt Automatic transaxle only 7 Odometer Tripmeter 8 Fuel gauge if equipped The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration D Ena e AR For more details refer to the Gauges CRUISE SET g on in the next pages Z 20 De ears 6 BRAKE gt oO E OAM049030C 1 OAM040130C UseeiecSesea Features of your vehicle D150100AAM EU Instrument panel illumination if equipped When the vehicle s parking lights or headlights are on rotate the illumination control knob to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination Type A Type A vA GHIUE x1000rpm OAM049031L OAM049032 Type B Type B OAM040031L OAM040032 Gauges D150202AHM D150201AHM Tachometer Speedometer The tachometer indicates the approxi The speedometer indicates the forward speed of the vehicle The speedometer is calibrated in kilome ters per hour and or miles per hour mate number of engine revolutions per minute rpm Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and or over revving the engine Features of your vehicle When the door is opened or if the engine is not started within 1 minute the tachometer pointer may move slightly in the ON position with the engine OFF This movement is normal and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is running CAUTION If the gauge pointer moves beyond the norm
23. e Continue to press down the TRACK A button to initiate high speed sound search of current song 5 REPEAT Button Repeats current song when the button is pressed for less than 0 8 second Repeats the entire DISC when the button is pressed for 0 8 second or longer In the case of MP3 the Repeat function will operate only within folder 6 RANDOM Play Button Press this button for less than 0 8 second to activate RDM mode and longer than 0 8 second to activate A RDM mode RDM Only files tracks in a folder disc are played back in a random sequence A RDM MP3 WMA Only All files in a disc are played back in the random sequence 7 CD Indicator When car ignition switch is ACC or ON and if the CD is loaded this indicator is lighted If the CD is ejected the light is turned off 8 SCAN Play Button Scans first 10 seconds of each song in the DISC To cancel the mode press the button once again 9 INFO Button Displays the information of the current CD TRACK FILE in the order shown below each time the button is pressed e CDDA Disc Title Disc Artist Track Title Track Artist Total Track Features of your vehicle e MP3 WMA File Name Title Artist Album Folder Name Total File not displayed if the information is not available on the DISC 10 SEARCH Knob amp ENTER Button Rotate the knob clockwise to display the songs after the currently played s
24. flowability Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold When choosing an oil consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be oper ated in before the next oil change Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart CAUTION Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug drain plug or dipstick before checking or drain ing any lubricant This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on paral te r apart the eae Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers and dipstick areas will prevent dir f F 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 and grit from entering the engine Temperature F 40 D 50 Z0 60 30 100120 and other mechanisms that could 10W 30 5W 20 5W 30 be damaged 1 For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W 20 API SM ILSAC GF 4 However if the engine oil is not available in your country select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart weather performance however higher viscosity engine oils are required for sat isfactory lubrication in hot weather Using oils of any viscosity other than those rec ommended could result in engine dam age Gasoline Engine Oil PEPE EE E E Specifications amp Consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN AB CERTIFICATION BEL Frame Number VIN Label if equipped Complia
25. if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 40 km h 25 mph E090700AUN KM To turn cruise control off do one of the following e Push the CRUISE ON OFF button the CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment cluster will go off Turn the ignition off Both of these actions will cancel the cruise control operation If you want to resume the cruise control operation repeat the steps provided in To set cruise control speed on the previous page Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION E100000AHM EC Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each of these factors affects how many kilometers miles you can get from a liter gallon of fuel To operate your vehicle as economically as possible use the fol lowing driving suggestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs e Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moder ate rate Don t make jack rabbit starts or full throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed Don t race between stoplights Try to adjust your speed to the traffic so you don t have to change speeds unnecessarily Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnec essary braking This also reduces brake wear e Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your vehicle uses Driving at a moderate speed in the highest gear appropria
26. lights will blink twice again to indicate that all doors and tailgate are unlocked After pressing this button the doors and tailgate will be locked automatically unless you open any door within 30 sec onds D020105AHM Alarm 3 if equipped The horn sounds and the hazard warning lights blink for about 30 seconds if this button is pressed for more than 0 5 sec onds To stop the horn and lights press any button on the transmitter D020104AUN C1 Tailgate unlock 4 if equipped The tailgate is unlocked if the button is pressed for more than 1 second The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate is unlocked After depressing this button the tailgate will be locked automatically unless you open the tailgate within 30 seconds Also once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate will be locked automatically Features of your vehicle D020200AAM EC Transmitter precautions NOTICE The transmitter will not work if any of the following occurs The ignition key is in the ignition switch You exceed the operating distance limit about 10 m 30 feet The battery in the transmitter is weak Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal The weather is extremely cold The transmitter is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter When the transmitter does not work properly open and
27. position a chattering noise near the shift lever may be heard It is a normal condition 060103AHM Ignition key interlock system The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position If the shift lever is in any other position the key cannot be removed Driving your vehicle E060200AAM Good driving practices Never move the gear shift lever from P Park or N Neutral to any other posi tion with the accelerator pedal depressed Never move the gear shift lever into P Park when the vehicle is in motion Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse or D Drive Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This may be extremely hazardous Always leave the car in gear when moving Do not ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunc tion Instead when you are driving down a long hill slow down and shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down the car Slow down before shifting to a lower gear Otherwise the lower gear may not be engaged e Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P Park to keep the vehicle from moving e Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose tracti
28. tire when only 2 32 inch of tread remains UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction tempera ture and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing proce dures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle Capacity Weight The num ber of designated seating positions multiplied by 68 kg 150 Ibs plus the rated cargo and luggage load Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight accessory weight and normal occu pant weight and dividng by 2 Vehicle Placard A label permanent ly attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and rec ommended inflation pressure N pepe oper meee ee Maintenance uy All season tires KIA specifies all season tires on some models to provide good per formance for use all year round including snowy and icy road condi tions All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires KIA specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior
29. ume controller e RETURN This function displays the previous MODE screen e TEMP This function is used to change the tem perature display setting e SDVC This function automatically adjusts the volume level according to the speed of the vehicle and can be turned ON OFF through the volume controller e POWER BASS P BASS Based on psychoacoustic technology this technology overcomes BASS limitations which may occur due to the limited num ber and size of speakers to offer dynamic BASS sound quality It is possible to adjust in 3 levels of LOW MID HIGH OFF LOW MID HIGH Modes CD FM AUX IPOD USB exclud ing AM Mode 7 TUNE Knob amp Sound Quality Control Knob Rotate the knob clockwise by one notch to increase frequency by 200kHz from current frequency Rotate the knob counterclockwise by one notch to decrease frequency by 200kHz from current frequency e Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE TUNE mode The mode selected is shown on the display After selecting each mode rotate the Audio control knob clockwise or counterclockwise Sound Quality Control will operate in FM AM CD AUX USB iPod and SAT modes e BASS Control To increase the BASS rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the BASS rotate the knob counterclockwise e MIDDLE Control To increase the MIDDLE rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the MID DLE rotate the knob cou
30. ure then it will illuminate both the TPMS malfunction and low tire pres sure telltales e g if Front Left sensor fails the TPMS malfunction indicator illuminates but if the Front Right Rear Left or Rear Right tire is under inflated the low tire pressure telltales may illuminate together with the TPMS malfunction indicator Have the system checked by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible to determine the cause of the problem CAUTION The TPMS malfunction indica tor may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around elec tric power supply cables or radios transmitter such as at police stations government and public offices broadcast ing stations military installa tions airports or transmitting towers etc This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS The TPMS malfunction indica tor may be illuminated if snow chains are used or some sep arate electronic devices such as notebook computer mobile charger remote starter or navigation etc are used in the vehicle This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS What to do in an emergency Changing a tire with TPMS If you have a flat tire the Low Tire Pressure telltale will come on Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the spare tire CAUTION NEVER use a puncture repair ing agent to rep
31. use only a soft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate Continued Continued e If the air bags inflate they must be replaced by an authorized KIA dealer Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental inflation of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inopera tive If components of the air bag sys tem must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped certain safety precautions must be observed An authorized KIA dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information Failure to follow these precautions and proce dures could increase the risk of personal injury e If your car was flooded and has soaked carpeting or water on flooring you shouldn t try to start the engine have the car towed to an authorized KIA dealer Safety features of your vehicle C041300AUN Additional safety precautions e Never let passengers ride in the cargo area or on top of a folded down back seat All occupants
32. Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of clicks heard while fully applying it from the released position Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fair ly steep grade If the stroke is more or less than specified have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized KIA dealer Stroke 5 7 clicks at a force of 20 kg 44 Ibs 196 N Maintenance AIR CLEANER Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas replace the ele ment more often than the usual recom mended intervals A CAUTION e Do not drive with the air cleaner removed this will result in exces sive engine wear OAM079043 e When removing the air cleaner fil ter be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake or G160100AAM EC Filter replacement damage may result It must be replaced when necessary and e Use a KIA genuine part Use of should not be washed non genuine parts could damage You can clean the filter when inspecting the air flow sensor the air cleaner element Clean the filter by using compressed air Maintenance WIPER BLADES 1JBA5122 G180100AUN Blade inspection NOTICE Commercial hot waxes applied by auto matic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce
33. G200800AHM Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear Slow down whenever there is rain snow or ice on the road to reduce the possibility of losing con trol of the vehicle G200900AUN Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear If you find a tire is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignment When you have new tires installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life Additionally a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel N PEPE ANE AEP Maintenance a 1030B04JM G201000AUN Tire sidewall labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental charac teristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall G201001AUN 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown G201002AHM 2 Tire size designation A tire s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tires for your vehicle The fol lowing explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation mean Example tire size designation T
34. Lower anchor SYS EM Rec 3 3 Tether anchor SYSTEM teeereeeteetereetererterertererreresrerene 3 30 Child protector Tear door LOCK ereseseeeeeeteceeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 16 Climate control system Automatic eerereereeereeeees 4 77 Air conditioning PEII INNEN PEPE E E sconces 4 83 Automatic heating and air conditioning 4 78 Manual heating and air conditioning eeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 69 Climate control system Manual s1ssseesseeeeeeeteees 4 68 Air conditioning ORA PENAI AEN AEEA TEENEST AEAT TE 4 73 Heating and air conditioning PE EE PEATE AEE 4 69 Climate control air filter esetere sasiaren 4 75 Combined instrument see instrument cluster 4 37 Compact spare PU TG sccatescwscteusctews A a tes 6 23 Compact spare tire replacement 1eeteeeeeeeteeteteees 7 35 COOL art stssteecstsecsescdeatecicsadsscctcesbdesassseses sesctecssesacessesusntss 7 15 Cooling fluid see engine coolant eerstes 7 16 Crankcase emission Control system err teeters 7 58 Cruise control SYS EM sereseseeseseseeeeeeeeseseeneeseseneteeeseeseenens 5 32 Cup holder sssssssssssesessessessssessessessenseneenseseeseesesseneens 4 90 Curtain air bag PAOI IEA NOAN A E NANE A S OE NAIEAN 3 51 D Dashboard see instrument cluster eeeeeereeeeerrereerer ses 4 37 Defogging Windshield 1 seseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeecreeeees 4 84 Defogging logic Windshield 1sst eerste 4 86 Defroster Rear Window eeeeeeee
35. OFF is displayed in the screen and the ECO indicator turns off If you want to display the ECO indicator again press the TRIP button more than 1 second in the ECO OFF mode and then ECO ON mode is displayed in the screen When you press the TRIP button less than 1 second in the ECO mode the mode is changed to odometer D150300AAM Warnings and indicators All warning lights are checked by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine Any light that does not illuminate should be checked by an authorized KIA dealer After starting the engine check to make sure that all warning lights are off If any warning lights are still on this indicates a situation that needs attention When releasing the parking brake the brake system warning light should go off The fuel warning light will stay on if the fuel level is low Features of your vehicle D150301AAM EU ECOMINDER indicator ECO if equipped The ECOMINDER indicator is a system that helps you to drive economically It is displayed if you drive fuel efficiently to help you improve fuel efficiency e The ECOMINDER indicator green will turn on when you are driving fuel efficiently in the ECO ON mode If you don t want the indicator dis played you can turn the ECO ON mode to OFF mode by pressing the TRIP button As per ECO ON OFF Mode operation refer to the previous page e The fuel efficiency can be changed by the driver s driving habit and roa
36. Switch Remocon IGN 2 10A BCM Electro Chromic Mirror Sunroof Control Module WIPER RR 15A Rear Wiper Relay Rear Wiper Motor Multifunction Switch Wiper S HTR 20A Driver Passenger Seat Warmer Switch WIPER FR 25A E R Fuse amp Relay Box Front Wiper Relay Front Wiper Motor Multifunction Switch Wiper AMP 25A AMP S ROOF 20A Sunroof Control Module FOG LP FR 15A Front Fog Lamp Relay T GATE OPEN 15A Tail Gate Relay DRL Relay FOG LP RR 10A Rear Fog Lamp Relay A CON 10A A C Control Module E R Fuse amp Relay Box Head Lamp Relay High Blower Relay H LP 10A E R Fuse amp Relay Box Head Lamp Relay Low ACC 10A Audio Mood Lamp Switch Power Outside Mirror Switch ACC SOCKET 20A Cigarette Lighter Front Power Outlet MIRR HTD 10A ECM PCM G4FC Driver Passenger Power Outside Mirror Motor A C Control Module DR LOCK 20A Door Lock Relay Door Unlock Relay 2 Turn Unlock Relay STOP LP 15A Stop Lamp Switch E R Fuse amp Relay Box Multipurpose Check Connector TCU 10A Vehicle Speed Sensor M T Pulse Generator A Pulse Generator B PCM Shift Lever Switch Maintenance CEE Description Fuse rating Protected component ABS Control Module ESC Control Module ESC Switch Steering Angle Sensor PES 10A E R Fuse amp Relay Box Multipurpose Check Connector IGN 1 10A Tire Pressure Monitoring Module Multifunction Switch Remocon Audio POWER AUDIO 15A Audio BCM Instrument Cluster IND A C Control Mo
37. a hot rear floor surface do not remove the carpet in the cargo area Emission control devices beneath this floor gener ate high temperatures A WARNING After adjusting the seat always check that it is securely locked into place by attempting to move the seat forward or rearward without using the lock release lever Sudden or unexpected movement of the driver s seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle result ing in an accident A WARNING Use extreme caution so that hands or other objects are not caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving Do not put a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat When you oper ate the seat gas may gush out of the lighter and cause fire OAM039002 Front seat adjustment manual C010101AHM Forward and rearward To move the seat forward or rearward 1 Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and rearward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly Safety features of your vehicle OAM039003 C010102AHM Seatback angle To recline the seatback 1 Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback recline lever 2 Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of th
38. a mal function of the occupant detection system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will not illuminate and the passenger s front air bag will inflate in frontal impact crashes even if there is no occupant in the front passenger s seat If the SRS air bag warning light does not illu The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel above the glove box The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity The SRS uses sensors to gath er information about the driver s seat minate when the ignition switch is position the driver s and front passen turned to the ON position remains n ger s seat belt usage and impact severi illuminated after approximately 6 MSS ioc ty seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or if it illuminates while the vehicle is j being driven have an authorized C040400AAM EC KIA dealer inspect the occupant iva detection system and the SRS air aa and passenger s front air bag system as soon as possible OAM039028 Your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Restraint Air Bag System and lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating position EPE EN EE EA Safety features of your vehicle
39. absorb impact and deploy the air bag s in certain collisions Installing aftermarket bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non genuine parts may adversely affect your vehicle s collision and air bag deployment performance C040801AAM Air bag inflation conditions Front air bags 1VQA2084 Front air bags are designed to inflate ina frontal collision depending on the intensi ty speed or angles of impact of the front collision Safety features of your vehicle 0VQ036018N OUN026090 Side impact and or curtain air bags if equipped Side impact and or curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the strength speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision Although the front air bags driver s and front passenger s air bags are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions they also may inflate in other types of colli sions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact Side air bags side impact and or curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads or sidewalks air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on sur faces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment
40. air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on e gt OAM049061 Features of your vehicle OAM049058 D230101AAM Mode selection The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system Air can be directed to the floor dash board outlets or windshield Six symbols are used to represent MAX A C Face Bi Level Floor Floor Defrost and Defrost air position The MAX A C mode is used to cool the inside of the vehicle faster MAX A C Level B D Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face In this mode the air conditioning and the recirculated air position will be selected automatically Face Level B D Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B D C E Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor Level C E A D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side win dow defrosters Floor Defrost Level A C E D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air d
41. at the gas station preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere SS G270201AUN Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister When the engine is running the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve G270202AHM Purge Control Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control solenoid valve is con trolled by the Engine Control Module ECM when the engine coolant temper ature is low during idling the PCSV clos es so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine After the engine warms up during ordinary driving the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine G270300AUN 3 Exhaust emission control system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance G270301AUN Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty Maintenance G270302AUN Engine exhaust gas precautions carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes Therefore if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehicl
42. be installed by an authorized KIA dealer G050400AUN EU Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections for leakage and damage Have an authorized KIA dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately G050500AUN Timing belt if equipped Inspect all parts related to the timing belt for damage and deformation Replace any damaged parts immediately GO50600AUN Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced G050700AUN Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indi cate deterioration Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat dam age or mechanical wear Inspect all hose connections such as clamps and cou plings to make sure they are secure and that no leaks are present Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage Gee ceeoes saa Maintenance ii G050800AUN Air c
43. be too hot If this happens you should 1 Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so belt is missing If it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory check for coolant leaking from the radiator hoses or under the vehicle If the air conditioning had been in use it is nor mal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop overheating wait until the engine tem perature has returned to normal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark 7 Proceed with caution keeping alert for further signs of overheating If over 2 Place the shift lever in P Park auto heating happens again call an author matic transaxle or Neutral manual ized KIA dealer for assistance transaxle and set the parking brake If the air conditioning is on turn it off A CAUTION 3 If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is coming out from underneath the hood stop the engine Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating If the fan is not run ning turn the engine off ol If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking out stop the engine imm
44. cannot be recognized You can enter each digit individually or group digits together in preferred string lengths To speed up input it is a good idea to group all digits into a continuous string Recommend to enter the numbers constituted an grouping within all digit numbers to dial 995 734 0000 The display corresponding to each operation appears on the screen as fol lows Input operation example 1 Say Nine nine five Display 995 2 And say Seven three four Display 995734 Adding Entry by Phone Press button Say Phonebook Say Add Entry after prompt Say By Phone to proceed Say Yes to confirm Your phone will start to transfer phone contact list to the audio system This process may take over 10 min utes depending on the phone model and number of entries Wait till the audio displays Transfer Complete message e Changing Name The registered names can be modified Press button Say Phonebook Say Change Name after prompt Say the name of the entry voice tag Say Yes to confirm Say new desired name Deleting Name The registered names can be deleted Press button Say Phonebook Say Delete Name after prompt Say the name of the entry voice tag Say Yes to confirm m Bluetooth Audio Speaker Adaptation Speaker adaptation will improve perform
45. car and the child is not properly restrained in the child restraint Before installing the child restraint system read the instructions supplied by the child restraint system manufacturer e If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section have the system checked immediately by your authorized KIA dealer Failure to observe this manual s instructions regarding child restraint systems and the instructions provided with the child restraint system could increase the chance and or severity of injury in an accident Safety features of your vehicle E2MS103005 OEN036101 OEN036102 C030102AAM EU To install a child restraint system on the 3 Pull the shoulder portion of the seat Placing a passenger seat belt into outboard or center rear seats do the fol belt all the way out When the shoulder the automatic locking mode lowing portion of the seat belt is fully extend The automatic locking mode will help 1 Place the child restraint system on the ed it will shift the retractor to the prevent the normal movement of the seat and route the lap shoulder belt Automatic Locking child restraint child in the vehicle from causing the seat around or through the restraint follow mode belt to loosen and compromise the child ing the restraint manufacturer s restraint system To secure a child instructions Be sure the seat belt web restraint system use the following proce bing is not twisted dure 2 Fasten the lap
46. close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the transmitter contact an author ized KIA dealer CAUTION Keep the transmitter away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or other liquids it will not be covered by your manu facturer s vehicle warranty This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation CAUTION Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance it will not be covered by your manufactur er s vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle Type A OAM049002 Type B OED039003A D020300AHM Battery replacement A transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium battery which will normally last for several years When replacement is necessary use the following procedure 1 Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen tly pry open the transmitter center cover 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery p
47. curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling block the wheels e Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged posi tion This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake e Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade with the accelerator pedal This can cause the transaxle to overheat Always use the brake pedal or parking brake Driving your vehicle CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED E090000AAM EU The cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a con stant speed without pressing the acceler ator pedal This system is designed to function above approximately 40 km h 25 mph NOTICE During normal cruise control operation when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds The delay is normal CAUTION During cruise speed driving of a manual transaxle vehicle do not shift into neutral without depress ing the clutch pedal since the engine will be overrevved If this happens depress the clutch ped
48. depressing the brake pedal But for your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine OAM050020 Driving your vehicle A CAUTION Do not press the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 10 sec onds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown Driving your vehicle MANUAL TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED py E050000AUN The shift lever can be moved without pulling the ring 1 The ring 1 must be pulled up while moving the shift lever OAM059001 E050100BUN C1 Manual transaxle operation The manual transaxle has 5 forward gears This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift knob The transaxle is fully synchronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accom plished Press the clutch pedal down fully while shifting then release it slowly If your vehicle is equipped with an igni tion lock switch the engine will not start when starting the engine without depressing the clutch pedal if equipped The gearshift lever must be returned to the neutral position before shifting into R Reverse The ring 1 located immediately below the shift knob must be pulled upward while moving the shift lever to the R posi tion if equipped Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R Reverse Never operate the engine with the tachometer rom in the red zone CAUTION When downshifting from fifth gear to fourth gear caution shoul
49. down when you encounter cross winds This gives you much better con trol of your vehicle Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into reverse The transaxle can be dam aged if you do not To shift into reverse depress the clutch move the shift lever to neutral then shift to the reverse position e Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED Type A Type B O20 o zZ 2 V E060100AAM EU Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 4 forward speeds and one reverse speed The indi vidual speeds are selected automatically depending on the position of the shift lever NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle if the battery has been disconnected may be somewhat abrupt This is a normal condition and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM Transaxle Control Module or PCM Powertrain Control Module ap Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting if your vehicle is equipped shift lock system The lock release button must be depressed while moving the shift lever gt gt The shift lever can be shifted w
50. drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap por tion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips This is the best position to protect you in case of an accident e In order to avoid unnecessary and perhaps severe air bag injuries always sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while maintaining comfortable control of the vehicle We recom mend that your chest be at least 250 mm 10 inches away from the steering wheel S afety features of your vehicle A WARNING Rear seatbacks The rear seatback must be securely latched If not passen gers and objects could be thrown forward resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or collision Luggage and other cargo should be laid flat in the cargo area If objects are large heavy or must be piled they must be secured Under no circumstances should cargo be piled higher than the seatbacks Failure to follow these warnings could result in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop collision or rollover e No passenger should ride in the cargo area or sit or lie on folded seatbacks while the vehicle is moving All passengers must be properly seated in seats and restrained properly while riding e When resetting the seatback to the upright position make sure it is securely latched by pushing it forward and rearward Continued Continued To avoid the possibility of burns from
51. exceed the vehicle s maxi mum load rating or the load carry ing capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire e Avoid driving over obstacles The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 25 mm 1 inch which could result in damage to the vehicle op Gee cheoe aed What to do in an emergency e Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the com pact spare tire is installed Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle The compact spare tire s tread life is shorter than a regular tire Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn com pact spare tires with the same size and design mounted on the same wheel e The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels nor should standard tires snow tires wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel If such use is attempted damage to these items or other car compo nents may occur Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time Do not tow a trailer while the com pact spare tire is installed What to do in an emergency TOWING It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground without dol lies and the front wheels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or suspen sion components are damag
52. injure them or they could encounter other harm possi bly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle Features of your vehicle D050300AAM EU Impact sensing door unlock system if equipped In the event of air bag deployment result ing from a vehicle impact all doors will automatically unlock OAM049008 DO50500AAM Child protector rear door lock The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from accidentally open ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehi cle 1 Open the rear door 2 Push the child safety lock located on the rear edge of the door to the lock position When the child safety lock is in the lock position the rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the outside door handle 1 Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle 2 until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked Features of your vehicle TAILGATE NOTICE D070200AAM In cold and wet climates door lock and Closing the tailgate door mechanisms may not work proper To close the tailgate lower and push down the tailgate firmly Make sure that the tailgate is securely latched ly due to freezing conditions oN ve OAM049
53. it with an approved de icing fluid to remove the ice If the lock is frozen internally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury E120700AUN Use approved window washer anti freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing add an approved window washer anti freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the con tainer Window washer anti freeze is available from an authorized KIA dealer and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti freeze as these may damage the paint finish E120800AAM Don t let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporar ily while you put the gear shift lever in P Park automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle can not roll Then release the parking brake Driving your vehicle E120900AHM Don t let ice and snow accumu late underneath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and inter fere with the steering When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen you should periodically check underneath the vehicle
54. lap A WARNING e No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from oper ating to remove slack or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack When you fasten the seat belt be careful not to latch the seat belt in buckles of other seat It s very dan gerous and you may not be pro tected by the seat belt properly Do not unfasten the seat belt and do not fasten and unfasten the seat belt repeatedly while driving This could result in loss of con trol and an accident causing death serious injury or property damage e When fastening the seat belt make sure that the seat belt does not pass over objects that are hard or can break easily e Make sure there is nothing in the buckle The seat belt may not be fastened securely Safety features of your vehicle 1GQA2083 C020101AAM EU Seat belt warning As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned on the seat belt warning light and the seat belt warning chime will operate for approxi mately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will blink till the 6 seconds and the warn ing chime will turn off immediately If the d
55. medarneutines 4 88 rT Index SUIMMET resserrer en ineens eise Ericin pares Ers 7 42 SUTPOOfssstsseeesteeeteesecssesacessctesestescetescesssaseaccenaresseecseceanesss 4 27 SUTVIS OT eein ete sade Sane scans eseese nionean seoa EESE E eds 4 90 T Ta achomet ta eiieeii eeen as es sE EEA TORES nE 4 38 Tail gate sssssssssessesssescetessesesssessetssssssssesnssssseesessesnensennens 4 17 Emergency tailgate safety release oeeeeeeteeeeeee 4 18 Tether anchor system r sssssseseeseseseeteteteeseeteneeseeneneeeees 3 30 Tilt steering ye atic evens E a E A 4 31 Tire and loading information label s ese00 5 46 Tire specification and pressure label eeer eee 8 7 Tir s And WHEE seiissetsssiscvetscecsetetsecaseves teed hese 7 30 8 3 AIL season trege tiesiosios iondoe sisses 7 42 Checking tire inflation pressure set 7 31 Compact spare tire replacement 7 35 Radial ply PILES ee stones ste a onsesapeseaneees 7 42 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 7 30 SOW ILLES veer eects err e sre eerie E EErEE ES EERE EHETE RESF TE REPE FAD Summer Ures einernie Es eaa pEr SERES 7 42 Tite tares teediserdetsscedsicdennosasscenenes stoetsadstontersiCeasseonang es 7 30 Tire Maintenance lt eeesseeceeeeceeeeceeeeceeeeceeeceeeeceeeeceeeeceeeeees 7 35 Tire replacement PEENES I NNE N Gala pee EE E E 7 34 Tire Totan asenet re e e eere EESE EEr S 7 32 Tire sidewall labeling pcbuead AEEA ET sens 7 36 Tire termino
56. never be placed in the front seat The infant or child could be severely injured or killed by an air bag deployment in case of an accident e Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow chil dren to ride in the front passen ger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible For maximum safety protection in all types of crashes all occu pants including the driver should always wear their seat belts whether or not an air bag is also provided at their seating position to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in the event of a crash Do not sit or lean unneces sarily close to the air bag while the vehicle is in motion Continued Continued Sitting improperly or out of posi tion can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash All occupants should sit upright with the seat back in an upright position cen tered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfort ably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the ignition key is removed e The SRS air bag system must deploy very rapidly to provide protection in a crash If an occu pant is out of position because of not wearing a seat belt the air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries OAM039029 Side impact air bag if
57. on an incline the shift lever should be in the P Park position for Automatic transaxle or Reverse for man ual transaxle CAUTION Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad or lining and brake rotor wear o1 Gee eee see Driving your vehicle OAM059005 E070202AFD U1 Releasing the parking brake To release the parking brake first apply the foot brake and pull up the parking brake lever slightly Secondly press the release button 1 and lower the parking brake lever 2 while holding the button CAUTION Do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation It could damage the vehicle system and make endanger driving safety WE BRAKE Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the igni tion switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released while the engine is running there may be a mal function in the brake system Immediate attention is necessary If at all possible cease driving the vehi cle immediately If that is not possible use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe loca tion
58. or after the engine is started comes on while driving the SRS is not working properly If this occurs have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized KIA dealer Continued Continued Before you replace a fuse or dis connect a battery terminal turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition switch Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse s when the ignition switch is in the ON position Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illuminate fa SN C040300AAM Occupant detection system Your vehicle is equipped with an occu pant detection system in the front pas senger s seat The occupant detection system is designed to detect the presence of a properly seated front passenger and determine if the passenger s front air bag should be enabled may inflate or not The driver s front air bag is not affected or controlled by the occupant detection system Safety features of your vehicle Main components of occupant detec tion system e A detection device located within the front passenger seat track e Electronic system to determine whether passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated e A warning light located on the instru ment panel which illuminates the words PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated e The instrument panel air bag warni
59. or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt Features of your vehicle WARNING Refueling dan gers Automotive fuels are flammable materials When refueling please note the following guidelines care fully Failure to follow these guide lines may result in severe personal injury severe burns or death by fire or explosion Read and follow all warnings posted at the gas station facility Before refueling note the loca tion of the Emergency Gasoline Shut Off if available at the gas station facility Before touching the fuel nozzle you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching another metal part of the vehicle a safe dis tance away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gas source Continued Continued e Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling since you can generate static electricity by touching rubbing or sliding against any item or fab ric polyester satin nylon etc capable of producing static elec tricity Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid burning If you must re enter the vehicle you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gaso line source e When using an approved portable fuel container be sure to place the container on
60. or repair shop W 75 Driving your vehicle E070300AHM EC Anti lock brake system ABS The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modu lates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is active In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situa tion do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situa tion allows the ABS to control the force being delivered to the brakes Gee coco see a Driving your vehicle NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti lock brake system is functioning properly e Even with the anti lock brake system your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you e Always slow down when cornering The anti lock brake system cannot pre vent accidents resulting from exces sive speeds e On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the anti lock brake system may result in a lon
61. other 1 Speaking at the same time your voice may not reach each other parties This is not a malfunction Speak alternate ly with the other party on the phone 2 Keep the Bluetooth volume to a low level High level volume may result in distortion and echo When driving on a rough road When driving at high speeds When the window is open When the air conditioning vents are facing the microphone When the sound of the air condition ing fan is loud Amn amp VW N4 Features of your vehicle m Bluetooth Audio Music Streaming The audio system supports Bluetooth A2DP Audio Advanced Distribution Profile and AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile technologies Both profiles provide steaming of music via compatible PAIRED Bluetooth Cellular phone To stream music from the Bluetooth cel lular phone play your music files on your cellular phone according to your cellular phone users manual and press the button on the audio system until MP3 play is displayed on the LCD The audio system head unit displays MP3 MODE NOTE In addition to streaming MP3 files all music and sound files your cellu lar phone supports can be played by the audio system Bluetooth compatible cellular phones must include A2DP and AVRCP capabilities e Some A2DP and AVRCP compatible Bluetooth cellular phones may not play music through the audio sys tem initially These cellular ph
62. parked in direct sunlight Always check the seat belt buckles before fas tening them over a child After an accident have an author ized KIA dealer check the child restraint system seat belt tether anchor and lower anchor If there is not enough space to place the child restraint system because of the driver s seat install the child restraint system in the rear right seat Safety features of your vehicle For safety reasons we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats A WARNING Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat because of the danger an inflating passenger side air bag could impact the rear facing child restraint and kill the child Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emergency condi tions emergency locking mode you must manually change these seat belts to the automatic locking mode to secure a child restraint C030100AHM EU Using a child restraint system For small children and babies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the man ufacturer s instructions A WARNING Child seat installation A child can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not properly anchored to the
63. perform ance on dry roads Summer tire per formance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M S Mud and Snow on the tire side wall if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions KIA recom mends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels Snow tires If you equip your car with snow tires they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels other wise poor handling may result Snow tires should carry 28 kPa 4 psi more air pressure than the pres sure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the driver s side of the center pillar or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall whichever is less Do not drive faster than 120 km h 75 mph when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires Radial ply tires Radial ply tires provide improved tread life road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride The radi al ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction and are selected to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle Radial ply tires have the same load carrying capacity as bias ply or bias belted tires of the same size and use the same recommended inflation pressure Mixing of radial ply tires with bias ply or bias belted tires is not recommended Any combina tions of radial ply and bias
64. pletely Push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof tilts completely upward 3 Release the sunroof control lever 4 Push the sunroof control lever upward for about 10 seconds until the sun roof has returned to the original tilt position after it is raised a little higher than the maximum tilt position Then release the lever Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL D130100AHM EU U1 Power steering Power steering uses energy from the engine to assist you in steering the vehi cle If the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation have the power steer ing checked by an authorized KIA dealer A CAUTION Never hold the steering wheel to the extreme right or left for more than 5 seconds with the engine running Holding the steering wheel for more than 5 seconds in either position may cause damage to the power steering pump NOTICE If the power steering drive belt breaks or if the power steering pump malfunc tions steering effort will greatly increase NOTICE If the vehicle is parked for extended periods outside in cold weather below 10 C 14 F the power steering may require increased effort when the engine is first started This is caused by increased fluid viscosity due to the cold weather
65. ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling The best rule to fol low is Identical radial ply tires should always be used as a set of four Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval shown in this section to achieve the tread life potential of these tires Cuts and punctures in radial ply tires are repairable only in the tread area because of sidewall flexing Consult your tire dealer for radial ply tire repairs Maintenance FUSES Blade type This vehicle has 2 fuse panels one locat ed in the driver s side panel bolster the other in the engine compartment near the battery If any of your vehicle s lights acces sories or controls do not work check the i k H C Normal ian appropriate circuit fuse If a fuse has blown the element inside the fuse will melt Cartridge type If the electrical system does not work first check the driver s side fuse panel Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating If the replacement fuse blows this indi cates an electrical problem Avoid using the system involved and immediately Multi fuse consult an authorized KIA dealer Three kinds of fuses are used blade type AN CAUTION for lower amperage rating cartridge type and multi fuse for higher amperage rat ings e Normal Blown Do not use a screwdriver o
66. position and then release it The sunroof will slide open automatically but will not open all the way If you would like to completely open the sunroof pull the lever once more However the second time the lever is pulled the sunroof will open only while the lever is pulled To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily To close the sunroof automatically Push the sunroof control lever forward to the second detent position and then release it The sunroof will automatically close all the way To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily OHM048026 D110101AEN Automatic reversal If an object is detected while the sunroof is closing automatically it will reverse the direction and then stop The auto reverse function does not work if a small obstacle is between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it Features of your vehicle L D110200AAM Tilting the sunroof To open the sunroof autotilt feature push the sunroof control lever upward to the second detent The sunroof will tilt all the way open To stop the sunroof tilting at any point operate the control lever To close the sunroof pull the sunroof lever downward until the sunroof moves to the desired position OAM049020 CAUTION Periodically rem
67. precautions about seat belts air bags and occupant safety con tained in this manual To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries and receive the maxi mum safety benefit from your restraint system Continued Continued Never place a child in any child or booster seat in the front seat e ABC Always Buckle Children in the back seat It is the safest place for children of any age to ride Front and side air bags can injure occupants improperly positioned in the front seats e Move your seat as far back as practical from the front air bags while still maintaining control of the vehicle e You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags Improperly positioned drivers and passen gers can be severely injured by inflating air bags e Never lean against the door or center console always sit in an upright position Do not allow a passenger to ride in the front seat when the PAS SENGER AIR BAG OFF indica tor is illuminated because the air bag will not deploy in the event of a moderate or severe frontal crash Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued e No objects should be placed over Continued e If the SRS air bag warning light Continued Front air bags are not intended to or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box beca
68. rear wiper and wash er ON Normal wiper operation INT Intermittent wiper operation if equipped OFF Wiper is not in operation Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1 3 cycles The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT D210000AEN CAUTION Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the engine is not running lt may cause battery discharge OAM049052 D210200AAM EU Room lamp Type A 1 Map lamp Push the lens to turn the map lamp on or off This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front passenger 2 DOOR The light will turn on as below if the but ton is pressed The light will turn off if the button is pressed again The light comes on when any door or tailgate is opened regard less of the ignition switch position When doors are unlocked by the transmitter or the key is removed from the ignition switch the light comes on for approxi mately 30 seconds as long as any door is not opened The light goes out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the light will turn off immediately If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK posi tion the light stays on for about 20 min u
69. seat Larger children not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the require ments of the safety standards of your country Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by seat belt or by a tether anchor and or LATCH anchors if equipped Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must be used Before buying a particular child restraint system make sure it fits your car seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child restraint system Safety features of your vehicle A WARNING To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries e Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat A child riding in the front passen ger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in serious or fatal injuries e Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instruc tions for installation and use of the child restraint Always make sure the child seat is secured properly in the car and your child is securely restrained in t
70. seconds off until the belt is fastened or the vehicle speed decreases below 5 km h 3 mph Features of your vehicle D150305AHM Turn signal indicator The blinking green arrows on the instru ment panel show the direction indicated by the turn signals If the arrow comes on but does not blink blinks more rapidly than normal or does not illuminate at all it indicates a malfunction in the turn sig nal system You should consult your deal er for repairs D150306AUN High beam indicator This indicator illuminates when the head lights are on and in the high beam posi tion or when the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash to Pass position D150306BAM Low beam indicator AD if equipped Z This indicator illuminates when the head lights are on and in the low beam posi 0 The indicator illuminates when the front fog lights ON D150309AUN Front fog light indicator if equipped D150331ABH Tail light indicator if equipped DE This indicator illuminates when the tail lights are on D150307AHM Engine oil pressure warning light W7 This warning light indicates the engine oil pressure is low If the warning light illuminates while driv ing 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and stop 2 With the engine off check the engine oil level If the level is low add oil as required If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available call an authoriz
71. seek other qualified assistance Geico doers Sea What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY STARTING Jumper Cables F040100AHM U1 Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery follow these jump starting proce dures If in doubt we strongly recom mend that you have a competent techni cian or towing service jump start your vehicle Batter Ny battery y T v a A CAUTION F040000AUN Use only a 12 volt jumper system You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24 volt power supply either two 12 volt batteries in series or a 24 volt motor generator set Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order What to do in an emergency F040101ASA Jump starting procedure 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 volt and that its negative terminal is grounded 2 lf the booster battery is in another vehicle do not allow the vehicles to come in contact 3 Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery 1 then connect the other end to the positive terminal of the booster battery 2 Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative ter min
72. sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers do not load your roof rack with heavy cargo and never modify your vehicle in any way Driving your vehicle WARNING Rollover As with other Crossover Utility Vehicle CUV failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control an accident or vehi cle rollover e Utility vehicles have a significant ly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles e Specific design characteristics higher ground clearance nar rower track etc give this vehicle a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehicles e ACUV is not designed for corner ing at the same speeds as con ventional vehicles e Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers e In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more like ly to die than a person wearing a seat belt Make sure everyone in the vehicle is properly buckled up E170600AHM A WARNING Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide safe ride and handling capability Do not use a size and type of tire and wheel that is different from the one that is originally installed on your vehicle It can affect the safety and perform ance of your vehicle which could lead to steering failure or rollover and serious injury When replacing the tires be sure to equip all four tires with the tire and wheel of the same size type tread brand and load carrying capacity If you never theless decide to equip your vehi
73. shift lever through all positions then place the shift lever in N Neutral or P Park position level AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID IF EQUIPPED COLD OSA077009 3 Confirm if the fluid level is in the HOT range on the level gauge If the fluid level is lower add the specified fluid from the fill hole If the fluid level is higher drain the fluid from the drain hole 4 If the fluid level is checked in cold con dition fluid temperature 20 30 C 68 86 F add the fluid to the C COLD line and then recheck the fluid level according to the above step 2 NOTICE C COLD range is for reference only and should NOT be used to determine transaxle fluid level CAUTION e Low fluid level causes transaxle slippage Overfilling can cause foaming loss of fluid and transaxle malfunction e The use of a non specified fluid could result in transaxle malfunc tion and failure Maintenance ee NOTICE New automatic transaxle fluid should be red The red dye is added so the assem bly plant can identify it as automatic transaxle fluid and distinguish it from engine oil or antifreeze The red dye which is not an indicator of fluid quali ty is not permanent As the vehicle is driven the automatic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker The color may eventually appear light brown Therefore have an authorized KIA dealer change the automatic transaxle fluid according to the Scheduled
74. should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor e Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving A passenger who is not wear ing a seat belt during a crash or emer gency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle against other occupants or out of the vehicle e Each seat belt is designed to restrain one occupant If more than one person uses the same seat belt they could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Do not use any accessories on seat belts Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash e Passengers should not place hard or sharp objects between them selves and the air bags Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap or in your mouth can result in injuries if an air bag inflates Keep occupants away from the air bag covers All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor If occupants are too close to the air bag covers they could be injured if the air bags inflate Do not attach or place objects on or near the air bag covers Any object attached to or placed on the front or side air bag covers could interfere with the proper operation of the air bags Do not modify the front seats Modification of the front seats
75. starting the pair ing process then PAIR in Name NOTE e If the phone is paired with two or more vehicles of the same model some phones may not handle Bluetooth devices of that name correctly In this case you may need to change the name displayed on your phone For example if the vehicles name is KMC CAR you may need to change the name displayed on you phone from KMC_CAR to JOHNS _CAR or KMC CAR_1 to avoid ambiguity Refer to your phone User s Guide or contact your cellular carrier or phone manufacturer for instructions Connecting a phone When the Bluetooth system is enabled the phone previously used is automati cally selected and re connected If you want to select different phone previously paired the phone can be selected through Select Phone menu Only a selected phone can be used with the hands free system at a time Press button to enter SETUP mode Select PHONE then SELECT in PHONE menu Features of your vehicle Select desired phone name from the list shown The Bluetooth icon appears on the upper side of audio display when a phone is connected Changing Priority If several phones are paired with the audio system the system attempts to connect following order when the Bluetooth system is enabled 1 Priority checked phone 2 Previously connected phone 3 Gives up auto connection Press button to enter SETU
76. switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation momentarily pull the switch in the direction opposite of the window s movement eatures of your vehicle OAM049014 D080104AAM Power window lock button e The driver can disable the power win dow switches on the passenger doors by pressing the power window lock but ton located on the driver s door to the LOCK position pressed When the power window lock button is in the LOCK position pressed the driver s master control cannot operate the passenger door power windows A CAUTION e To prevent possible damage to the power window system do not open or close two windows or more at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse e Never try to operate the main switch on the driver s door and the individual door window switch in opposite directions at the same time If this is done the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed Features of your vehicle HOOD OAM049016 OAM049015 OAM049017 DO90100AUN U1 2 Go to the front of the vehicle raise the 3 Pull out the support rod from the hood Opening the hood hood slightly pull the secondary latch 4 Hold the hood open with the support 1 Pull the release lever to unlatch the inside of the hood center and lift the rod hood The hood should pop open hood slightly Features of your vehicle D090200AAM Closing th
77. the low tire pressure telltale e g if front left sensor fails the TPMS malfunc tion indicator turns on but if front right rear left or rear right tire is under inflated the low tire pressure telltale may turn on at the same time as the TPMS malfunction indicator Have the system checked by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible to determine the cause of the problem CAUTION The TPMS malfunction indica tor may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around elec tric power supply cables or radio transmitter such as at police stations government and public offices broadcast ing stations military installa tions airports or transmitting towers etc This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Continued Continued e If there is a failed tire sensor it is possible for the TPMS to temporarily learn a replace ment sensor if closely driven to another vehicle that is also equipped with TPMS In rare cases this may temporarily delay the TPMS malfunction indicator from turning on The TPMS malfunction indica tor may be illuminated if snow chains are used or some sep arate electronic devices such as notebook computer mobile charger remote starter or nav igation etc are used in the vehicle This can interfere with normal operation of the Tyre Pressure Monitoring System TPMS What to do in an emergency FO60300AAM EC Changing a tire with TPM
78. the tires are cold After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn t been driven more than 1 6 km one mile since startup Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pressure of other tires Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one Worn old tires can cause acci dents If your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been damaged replace them Maintenance G200300AUN Checking tire inflation pressure Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the spare tire G200301AUN How to check Use a good quality gage to check tire pressure You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by look ing at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 6 km 1 mile N ate oe tates Ser Maintenance Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firm ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label no further adjust ment is necessary If the pressure is low add air until you reach the rec ommended amount If you overfill the tire release ai
79. the vehicle Be sure they all get out on the side of the car that is away from traffic 4 When changing a flat tire follow the instruction provided later in this sec tion F020300AUN If the engine stalls while driving 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cautiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start the engine again If your vehicle will not start contact an authorized KIA dealer or seek other qualified assistance IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START F030100AAM If engine doesn t turn over or turns over slowly 1 If your car has an automatic transaxle be sure the shift lever is in N Neutral or P Park and the emergency brake is set 2 Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight 3 Turn on the interior light If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter the battery is discharged 4 Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tightened 5 Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it See instructions for Jump starting F030200AHM If engine turns over normally but does not start 1 Check the fuel level 2 With the ignition switch in the LOCK position check all connectors at the ignition coils and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be discon nected or loose 3 Check the fuel line in the engine com partment 4 If the engine still does not start call an authorized KIA dealer or
80. the lubricant and coolant specifications in the Owner s Manual 2 More frequent maintenance is required if driving under dusty conditions 3 More frequent maintenance is required if the vehicle is operated under any of the following conditions a Short distance driving b Driving on dusty roads c Extensive idling or slow speed driving in stop and go traffic 4 If necessary rotate and balance the wheels Note Check the engine oil and coolant levels every week Maintenance I EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS G050100AHM Engine oil and filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions more frequent oil and filter changes are required G050200AUN Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear or oil satu ration and replace if necessary Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as neces sary G050300AUN Fuel filter cartridge A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting If an exces sive amount of foreign matter accumu lates in the fuel tank the filter may require replacement more frequently After installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections Fuel filters should
81. the right side in the engine compartment 4 Remove the nuts shown in the picture above 5 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 6 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal Maintenance G210300AAM EU Fuse relay panel description Inside the fuse relay panel covers you can find the fuse relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity Inner fuse panel Engine compartment fuse panel x NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehi cle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label OAM079026 0AM079027 Maintenance J 070093 s3 A lt MJaJa_ r gt Ny _ iE Inner fuse panel Description Fuse rating Protected component P WDW LH 25A Power Window Main Switch Rear Power Window Switch LH P WDW RH 25A Power Window Main Switch Passenger Power Window Switch Rear Power Window Switch RH F MIRROR 10A Data Link Connector HAZARD LP 15A Hazard Relay Hazard Switch TAIL LH 10A Rear Combination Lamp LH Head Lamp LH License Lamp Rear Combination Lamp RH Head Lamp RH Rheostat Detent AUX amp USB Jack Hazard Switch TAIL RH 10A ESC Switch Instrument Cluster ILL Instrument Cluster IND Mood Lamp Switch Power Window Main Switch Audio Driver Passenger Seat Warmer Switch Shift Lever Switch A C Control Module Multifunction
82. these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle KIA offers a great variety of options components and features for its various models Therefore some of the equipment described in this manual along with the various illustrations may not be applicable to your particular vehicle The information and specifications provided in this manual were accurate at the time of printing KIA reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation If you have questions always check with your KIA dealer We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your KIA vehicle 2011 Kia Canada Inc All rights reserved Reproduction by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or by any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written authorization from Kia Canada Inc Printed in Korea Introduction Your vehicle at a glance Safety features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle TABLE OF CONTENT Driving your vehicle What to do in an emergency Maintenance Specifications amp Consumer information Index TORT cee esSkse Heese eee eRe eee ee neem receR eee Reese se eee ene onee ees cne eee eee ene
83. ting stationary for at least 3 hours and driven less than 1 mile during that 3 hour period Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pres sure A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile in that 3 hour period CAUTION e Do not use any tire sealant if your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System The liquid sealant can damage the tire pressure sen sors In order for the system to cor rectly monitor tires for under inflation there should be a total of exactly 4 sensors fit ted to each of the four wheels There should be no other sen sors in the vehicle including the spare tire since this could cause the system to monitor the wrong sensors What to do in an emergency This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation What to do in an emergency TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS IF EQUIPPED TYPE B C Low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator Each tire including the spare if pro vided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehi
84. to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed E121000ASA EC Carry emergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weath er you should carry appropriate emer gency equipment Some of the items you may want to carry include tow straps or chains flashlight emergency flares sand shovel jumper cables window scraper gloves ground cloth coveralls blanket etc TRAILER TOWING E140000ABH We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Driving your vehicle VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT NOMBRE De PLACES AES eS sg The combined weight of occupants and cargo shoki never exceed yag i Py Le pods total des occupants et du chargement ne Sot ama d passer ig ow G PEUS A MOD m eee sear VOIR LE MANUEL Us eae OAM050100L f TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION jz RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT TING CAPACITY FRON Mnt R nouae cepuces TOOLS ant combined weight of a g e ve Ewan coo es 4 OAM050101L TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE PLACES The combined weight of occupants and cargo sheuli newer exceed gas Gt gpg BS Le pods total des occupants et Gu chargement ne Got amas c panser gow h TOTALS 3 AUANT ARRIERE SEE S MANUAL FOR EE oem se nei POUR PLI RENSEIGNEMEN
85. unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied D Drive This is the normal forward driving posi tion The transaxle will automatically shift through a 4 gear sequence providing the best fuel economy and power For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator fully at which time the transaxle will automatically downshift to the next lower gear or gears as appro priate NOTICE Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D Drive 2 Second Gear Use 2 Second Gear for more power when climbing hills and for increased braking when going down hills This posi tion also helps reduce wheel spin on slip pery surfaces When the shift lever is placed in 2 Second Gear the transaxle will automatically shift from first to sec ond gear L Low Move the shift lever to this position in hard pulling situations and for climbing steep grades CAUTION Do not exceed the recommended maximum speed in 2 Second Gear or L Low Operating the vehicle above the maximum speed recom mended for 2 Second Gear or L Low may cause excessive heat which could damage the automatic transaxle o1 EPEE EE Driving your vehicle OAM059003 E060104ASA O D Over Drive system if equipped Pressing the O D system button cancels and engages the overdrive system When the O D system is cancelled the O D OFF indicator illuminates and the transaxle gear range
86. up set the mode to the lt 3 or 47 position A a ta a sy Se Sa eh ss A Features of your vehicle Operation Tips To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the venti lation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irrita tion has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air condi tioning system and adjust the temper ature control to desired temperature D230503AHM U1 Air conditioning if equipped All KIA Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant which does not dam age the ozone layer 1 Start the engine Press the air condi tioning button 2 Set the mode to the position 3 Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position 4 Adjust the fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort e When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position set the mode co
87. 000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 128 MAINTENANCE ITEM Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 Engine oil amp engine oil filter 1 R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Drive belts tension l l l Cooling system hoses amp connections l l Engine coolant 1 l R R Fuel filter R R Fuel tank cap lines EVAP canister and hoses l Fuel tank air filter CCV filter l R l R l Air cleaner element 2 l R l R l Ignition wires l 1 6L R R Spark plugs 2 0L Replace every 160 000 km Idle speed Valve clearance l Engine timing belt 2 0 R Maintenance EN OE Eh aaa Chassis and body MAINTENANCE Kilometers or time in months whichever comes first INTERVALS x 1 000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 128 MAINTENANCE ITEM Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 Air conditioner compressor operation amp refrigerant amount Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R Exhaust pipes heat shield amp mountings l Front suspension ball joints l Brakes clutch fluid 1 l l l l l R l l R Front brake pads amp discs 3 l l l l l l l Rear brake pads amp discs drums 3 l l l l l l l l l Parking brake l l l l l l Br
88. 009 D070100AAM EE A Opening the tailgate CAUTION The tailgate is locked or unlocked Make certain that you close the tail when all doors are locked or unlocked with the key transmitter or central door lock switch e If unlocked the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle switch and then pulling the handle up gate before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attached hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving Features of your vehicle OAM049010 DO70300AHM Emergency tailgate safety release Your vehicle is equipped with the emer gency tailgate safety release lever locat ed on the bottom of the tailgate When someone is inadvertently locked in the luggage compartment the tailgate can be opened by pushing the release lever and pushing open the tailgate Features of your vehicle WINDOWS DO80000AUN 1 Driver s door power window switch 2 Front passenger s door power win dow switch 3 Rear door left power window switch 4 Rear door right power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window down Driver s window 7 Power window lock switch NOTICE In cold and wet climates power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions A a jai a yaa eS Ss dct es Sl o Features of your vehicle D080100AAM Power windows The ignition switch must be in the ON position fo
89. 0AHM Inside rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror so that the center view through the rear window is seen Make this adjustment before you start driving OAM049023 D140101AHM Day night rearview mirror if equipped Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day night lever is in the day position Pull the day night lever toward you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driv ing Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position D140102AHM EE C1 Electric chromic mirror ECM if equipped The electric rearview mirror automatical ly controls the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you in nighttime or low light driving conditions The sensor mounted in the mirror senses the light level around the vehicle and automati cally controls the headlight glare from the vehicles behind you When the engine is running the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror Whenever the shift lever is shifted into reverse R the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in order to improve the drivers view behind the vehi cle CAUTION When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror It may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing tseeidesucsia F eatures of your veh
90. 0L Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Air cleaner Fuse box Negative battery terminal Positive battery terminal Automatic transaxle fluid dipstick 9 Radiator cap 10 Engine oil dipstick 11 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 12 Power steering fluid reservoir if equipped N OGROD The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OAM079039N tsecoeeeosud Maintenance S MAINTENANCE SERVICES G020000AHM You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection proce dures Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of your vehi cle we strongly recommend that you have an authorized KIA dealer perform this work An authorized KIA dealer has factory trained technicians and genuine KIA parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service see an authorized KIA dealer Inadequate incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational prob lems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or person al injury G020100AUN EU Owner s responsibility NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsibility You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the sche
91. 1 FM2 AM FM1 when the button is pressed each time 2 CD AUX Selection Button If there is a CD in the CDP DECK it turns to CD mode If a device is connected to AUX then it toggles in the order of CD AUX CD when the button is pressed each time It will not turn to AUX if there is no auxiliary device connected 3 Power ON OFF Button amp Volume Control Knob Turns on off the set when the IGNITION SWITCH is on ACC or ON If the button is turned to the right it increases the vol ume and left decreases the volume 4 Automatic Channel Selection Button e When the SEEK V button is pressed it reduces the band frequency by 200kHz to automatically select a chan nel Stops at the previous frequency if no channel is found e When the SEEK A button is pressed it increases the band frequency by 200kHz to automatically select a chan nel Stops at the previous frequency if no channel is found 5 SCAN Button If this button is pressed the frequencies will become increased and receive the corresponding broadcasts This function will play the frequencies for 5 seconds SIRIUS MODE 10 seconds each and find other broadcasts as the frequency increases Press the button again when desiring to continue listening to the cur rently playing broadcast 6 SETUP Button amp Clock Control Button Press this button to turn to the SIRIUS option and the other adjustment mode If no action is taken for 5 second
92. 150 Ibs x 2 68 kg 150 Ibs x 5 c Available Cargo and 249 kg C Available Cargo and 45 kg Luggage weight 549 Ibs Luggage weight 99 Ibs Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific informa tion about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The com bined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight Driving your vehicle Example 3 To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your TRIM vehicle Your dealer can help you with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the center line COLD TIRE INFL Vehicle Capacity TYPE MPV Cc C190F03UM OEN056020 E150200AUN Item Description Total Certification label a Vehicle Capacity 385kg The certification label is located on Weight 849 Ibs the driver s door sill at the center pil lar Subtract Occupant 365 kg B Weight This label shows the maximum 73 kg 161 Ibs x 5 805 Ibs allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle This is called the GVWR Available Cargo and 20 kg Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The Luggage weight 44 lbs GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo This label also tells you the maxi mum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR
93. 1N D010300AAM EC Immobilizer system Your vehicle may be equipped with an electronic engine immobilizer system to reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle use Your immobilizer system is comprised of a small transponder in the ignition key and electronic devices inside the vehicle With the immobilizer system whenever you insert your ignition key into the igni tion switch and turn it to ON it checks and determines and verifies that the igni tion key is valid If the key is determined to be valid the engine will start If the key is determined to be invalid the engine will not start Features of your vehicle NOTICE When starting the engine do not use the key with other immobilizer keys around Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts Keep each key separately in order to avoid a start ing malfunction CAUTION Do not put metal accessories near the ignition switch Metal accessories may interrupt the transponder signal and may pre vent the engine from being started NOTICE If you need additional keys or lose your keys consult an authorized KIA dealer CAUTION The transponder in your ignition key is an important part of the immobilizer system It is designed to give years of trouble free service however you should avoid expo sure to moisture static electricity and rough handling Immobilizer system malfunction could occur CAUTION Do not change alte
94. 3665 Never put a heavy load in the Never sit with the hips shifted Never place the feet on the dash front passenger seat towards the front of the seat board f OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664 Never place the feet on the front Never excessively recline the Never lean on the door or center passenger seatback front passenger seatback console Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat Safety features of your vehicle Proper position If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi 3 NOTICE cator is still on ask the passenger to move to the rear seat The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator illuminates for about 4 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started If the front passenger seat is occupied the occupant detection sensor will then classify the front passenger after several more seconds B990A010 When an adult is seated in the front pas senger seat if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is on turn the igni tion switch to the LOCK position and ask the passenger to sit properly sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag Safety features of your vehicle Con
95. 59 Engine COMPALtMENt eeesereesereeeeeeetettetetetete tees teens 2 4 7 2 Engine COOLANE ereeereceeeeeeeceeeeecceeeeeeseeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseees F 15 Index Engine number 1sssssssssessessesssesessessesessesenesssssssesseesenes 8 7 Engine Oil s sssssessssssessessessessessssesesssasesssasasssnesesesasnans 7 14 Engine overheats ssssssssssessesesssessesessesenesassssssessnesnes 6 6 Engine start stop Dutton ereet trtttteetsrtrt teenete 5 7 Engine temperature gauge er eerreeeseeeeee tee eesee tee eeteeteeee ees 4 39 Engine will NOE SEAT Esser canestiacecstceciaencarecaceteancetawecatcotnasceaes 6 3 Evaporative emission control including ORVR YVSCCMI E E 7 58 Exhaust emission control systemet 7 59 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 11 EXt LiOr E A 7 52 Exterior features eee eeeeeeeeeeeerterertetetterrtreeerrestrresreeeses 4 93 Rooftack eeen E E ERR 4 93 F Plat tipeer eerie ri iEn EEEE rdr NEEE Er EERE AEE 6 17 Changing tires eeeeeeeeetttteteerrertttttteerrtsrtrteteenrrr trete tet 6 18 Compact spare tire eeeeeeereereteeerteerrteerrteerrtesereessntes 6 23 Jack aind tool siessssstesceenctseincevseavenes betes veeeevanssvavetsvoctieee 6 17 Removing and storing the spare tire eeeeeeeeeeeeee 6 18 Floor mat anchor s asec ctestaseesincesazenapestuettacrseasbepncnetnchs 4 92 Fluid Brake clutch fluide eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeterreresesessrsersreersreee 7 18 Power steering fluid s ssssssssessessee
96. 90400AUN C1 Lighting control The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position To operate the lights turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the fol lowing positions 1 OFF position 2 Parking light position 3 Headlight position OAM049041 D190401AHM Parking light position 00 When the light switch is in the parking light position 1st position the tail license and instrument panel lights will turn ON Features of your vehicle OAM049042 D190402AHM Headlight position 20 When the light switch is in the headlight position 2nd position the head tail license and instrument panel lights will turn ON NOTICE The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights OAM049044 D190500AUN High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights push the lever away from you Pull it back for low beams The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on To prevent the battery from being dis charged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running OAM049043 To flash the headlights pull the lever towards you It will return to the normal low beam position when released The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature Features of your vehicle OAM049045 D190600AUN U1 Turn signals and lane change sig nals The ignition switch must be on fo
97. ABS Warning Light talls Lelee if equipped Immobilizer Indicator K For more detailed explanations refer to Instrument cluster in section 4 AA EET elie 2 Interior overview 2 2 Instrument panel overview 2 3 Engine compartment 2 4 Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW Door Lock UNoCkBUIO mE 4 13 Outside Rearview Mirror Control SwieM e Central Door Lock Switch Power Window Lock Button 4 21 Power Window Switches 4 19 M NDAY 8 gi if equipped OAM019001 B010000AUN EU C1 Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW 1 Driver s Front Air Bag aea 3 33 2 Light Control Turn Signals 4 58 SalnsthUMentiElUSteteeeeees eee 4 37 4 Wiper Washetieccsnccnte teers 4 62 5 Auto Cruise Controls sr OE 6 Advanced Lighting Speaker 4 96 The NTA COMTOIS A 4 69 8 Multi Box 9 Hazard Warning Flasher Switch 4 57 6 2 1OSAUGiOnC onttOlSse eee 4 94 11 Climate Control System 4 68 4 77 2s Shittilevets meee sree Ba 13 Passenger s Front Air Bag 393 14 Glove Box 15 Parking Brake 16 BrakePedal manema 17 Accelerator Pedal if equipped OAM019002 BO20000AAM Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT 1 Engine Coolant Reservoir TAS 2 Engine Oil Filler Cap eee 7 14 3 Brake Fluid Rese
98. AG OFF indi cator Front passenger s seat only 11 Occupant detection system Front passenger s seat only 12 Driver s seat track position sensor 13 Driver s and front passenger s seat belt buckle sensors if equipped The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre tensioner seat belt deployment The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position after which the SRS air bag warning light should go out If any of the following conditions occurs this indicates a malfunction of the SRS Have an authorized KIA dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON e The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds e The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion e The light blinks when the ignition switch is in ON position Driver s front air bag 1 Oo B240B01L The front air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering wheel and in the front passenger s panel above the glove box When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags ao Usesieoeeced Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air
99. ANT Your vehicle was f necessary contact your authorized KIA manufactured with driver s side dealer to obtain a luggage net floormat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floormat in place To avoid any interference with pedal operation KIA recom mends that only the KIA floormat designed for use in your vehicle be installed Features of your vehicle CAUTION To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compart ment EXTERIOR FEATURES OAM049092 D290100AAM Roof rack if equipped If the vehicle has a roof rack you can load cargo on top of your vehicle NOTICE If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof be sure not to position cargo onto the roof rack in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof operation CAUTION When carrying cargo on the roof rack take the necessary precau tions to make sure the cargo does not damage the roof of the vehicle When carrying large objects on the roof rack make sure they do not exceed the overall roof length or width Features of your vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM NOTICE If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp your vehicle s audio and electron ic device may malfunction OHM048154N Antenna if equipped D300102AAM EU Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to receive AM or and FM broadcast signals This antenna is removable To remove the roof
100. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you carry fertilizers cleaning materials or chemicals in the vehicle These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried Maintenance n Interior care G230201AHM Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per fume and cosmetic oil from contacting the dashboard because they may cause damage or discoloration If they do con tact the dashboard wipe them off imme diately See the instructions for the prop er way to clean vinyl A CAUTION Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them CAUTION When cleaning leather products steering wheel seats etc use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid alkaline detergents the color of the leather may fade or the sur face may get stripped off G230202AUN Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solution recom mended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a f
101. ESC OFF state e When the ignition is turned Ee When the Electronic Stability ON ESC and ESC OFF indi cator lights illuminate for approximately 3 seconds then ESC is turned on Press the ESC OFF button for at least half a second after turning the ignition ON to turn ESC off ESC OFF indicator will illuminate To turn the ESC on press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF indicator light will go off When starting the engine you may hear a slight ticking sound This is the ESC per forming an automatic system self check and does not indi cate a problem Control is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle This is only the effect of brake control and indicates nothing unusual e When moving out of the mud or driving on a slippery road pressing the accelerator pedal may not cause the engine rpm revolutions per minute to increase ee OFF e To cancel ESC operation press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF indicator light illu minates e If the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position when ESC is off ESC remains off Upon restarting the engine the ESC will automatically turn on again Driving your vehicle E ESC indicator light ee E ESC OFF indicator light La ee OFF E070503AAM EU Indicator light When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light illuminates then goes off if ESC system is operating normally The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is
102. Features of your vehicle Cruise SET indicator SET The indicator illuminates when the cruise function switch SET or RES is ON The cruise SET indicator in the instru ment cluster is illuminated when the cruise control switch SET or RES is pushed The cruise SET indicator does not illumi nate when the cruise control switch CANCEL is pushed or the system is disengaged KEY OUT indicator if equipped KEY OUT When the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position if any door is open the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the indicator will blink and if all doors are closed the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds The indicator will go off while the vehicle is moving Keep the smart key in the vehicle or insert it in the smart key holder D150327AUN Key reminder warning chime if equipped If the drivers door is opened while the ignition key is left in the ignition switch ACC or LOCK position the key reminder warning chime will sound This is to prevent you from locking your keys in the vehicle The chime sounds until the key is removed from the ignition switch or the driver s door is closed Features of your vehicle LCD display warning if equipped Key is not in vehicle If the smart key is not in the vehicle and if any door is opened or closed with the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC ON or START position the warn ing illuminates
103. Fuels containing methanol wood alco hol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per formance and damage components of the fuel system A020106AUN Gasolines for cleaner air To help contribute to cleaner air KIA rec ommends you use gasolines treated with detergent additives which help prevent deposit formation in the engine These gasolines will help the engine run clean er and enhance performance of the Emission Control System A020107AUN Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country be sure to e Observe all regulations regarding reg istration and insurance e Determine that acceptable fuel is avail able n VEHICLE HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS A090000AEN As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control an accident or vehicle rollover Specific design characteristics higher ground clearance track etc give this vehicle a higher center of gravity than other types of vehicles It is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as a conventional 2 wheel drive sedans or sports coupe Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers Failure to operate this vehi cle correctly may result in loss of control an accident or vehicle rollover Be sure to read the Reducing the risk of a rollover driving guidelines in section 5 of this manual VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCESS A030000AUN N
104. KIA THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle As a global car manufacturer focused on building high quality value for money prices Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations All information contained in this Owner s Manual is accurate at the time of publication However Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable to your specific Kia vehicle Drive safely and enjoy your Kia FOREWORD I Thank you for choosing a KIA vehicle When you require service remember that your KIA Dealer knows your vehicle best Your dealer has factory trained tech nicians recommended special tools genuine KIA replacement parts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction Because subsequent owners require this important information as well this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is sold This manual will familiarize you with operational mainte nance and safety information about your new vehicle It is sup plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle We urge you to read
105. Maintenance at the beginning of this section Use only the specified automatic transaxle fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants or capacities in section 8 G100200AUN U1 Changing the automatic transaxle fluid Have the automatic transaxle fluid changed by an authorized KIA dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section Maintenance WASHER FLUID OAM079039N G120100AUN C1 Checking the washer fluid level Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available However use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli mates to prevent freezing A WARNING Coolant e Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir e Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim e Windshield washer fluid agents contain some amounts of alcohol and can be flammable under cer tain circumstances Do not allow sparks or flame to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir Damage to the vehicle or occupants could occur Windshield washer fluid is poi sonous to humans and animals Do not drink and avoid contacting windshield washer fluid Serious injury or death could occur PARKING BRAKE OAM059004 G140100AAM Checking the parking brake
106. NG Brakes Do not drive with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal This will create abnormal high brake tem peratures excessive brake lining and pad wear and increased stopping distances When descending a long or steep hill shift to a lower gear and avoid continuous application of the brakes Continuous brake application will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking per formance e Wet brakes may impair the vehi cle s ability to safely slow down the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water To dry the brakes apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal Continued Continued e Always confirm the position of the brake and accelerator pedal before driving If you don t check the position of the accelerator and brake pedal before driving you may depress the accelerator instead of the brake pedal It may cause a serious accident E070101AUN In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake The stopping distance however will be much greater than normal A WARNING Parking brake Applying the parking brake while t
107. OLOR If the button is pushed it changes the color of speak er to red green blue sky blue purple and yellow 5 When the lights are on push the illumination button to adjust the light intensity If low lighting grade is selected the intensity of light may be weak or may not illuminate according to the audio volume or selected condition NOTICE The lighting around the front speaker may not illuminate when the sound of the audio is low CAUTION Do not use the lights for extended periods when engine is not run ning lt may cause battery discharge FM reception _ JBM001 D300800AAM How vehicle audio works AM MW LW and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers locat ed around your city They are intercept ed by the radio antenna on your vehicle This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best pos sible quality reproduction However in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear This can be due to factors such as the dis tance from the radio station closeness of other strong radio stations or the pres ence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area AM MW LW reception Ince Du JBM002 AM MW LW broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broad
108. P mode Select PHONE then PRIORITY in PHONE menu Select desired phone name from the list shown Deleting a Phone The paired phone can be deleted When the phone is deleted all the infor mation associated with that phone is also deleted including phonebook If you want to use the deleted phone with the audio system again pairing proce dure must be completed once more Press button to enter SETUP mode Select PHONE then DELETE in PHONE menu Select desired phone name from the list shown Features of your vehicle e ADVANCED Menu After pressing the button select the PHONE menu while in PHONE menu select the ADVANCED menu to make Bluetooth Phone settings The ADVANCED menu may differ according to audio specifications Incoming Volume Bluetooth call vol ume adjustments While in ADVANCED menu select IN VOL Use the knob key to set the desired volume and press the button Contacts Sync Automatic Phonebook download setting While in ADVANCED menu select CONTACTS To automatically save the contacts and call history in your mobile phone each time you connect a mobile device select ON If you do not wish for automatic download select OFF It s not available to make a phone call by bluetooth audio system while the phone book is being downloaded Bluetooth system off While in ADVANCED menu select BT OFF to
109. S If you have a flat tire the Low Tire Pressure telltale will turn on Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the tempo rary spare tire NOTICE NEVER use a puncture repairing agent to repair and or inflate a low pressure tire If used you will have to replace the tire pressure sensor Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem You must use TPMS specific wheels It is rec ommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible After you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire the TPMS malfunction indicator or the Low Tire Pressure telltale may illuminate after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving Once the low pressure tire is re inflated to the recommended pres sure and installed on the vehicle the TPMS malfunction indicator and the low tire pressure telltale will turn off If the low pressure and TPMS mal function indicators do not turn off after about 20 minutes of continuous driving please visit an authorized KIA dealer You may not be able to identify a low pressured tire by simply looking at it Always use a good quality tire pres sure gauge to measure the tire s inflation pressure Please note that a tire that is hot from being driven will have a higher pressure measure ment than a tire that is cold from sit
110. TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire mainte nance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tire pres sure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina tion of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not oper ating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is provided by a separate telltale which displays the symbol TPMS when illuminated When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intend ed TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from function ing properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replace ment or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to func tion properly o gt ete tee ee sel What to do in an emergency F060100AHM When the tire pressure monitoring system warning telltale is illuminat ed one or more of your tires is sig nificantly under inflated Immediately reduce your speed avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicate
111. TS E150100AUN Tire and loading information label The label located on the driver s door sill gives the original tire size cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight E150101AAM Vehicle capacity weight 385 kg 849 Ibs Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi mum combined weight of occupants and cargo If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer the combined weight includes the tongue load E150102AAM Seating capacity Total 5 persons Front seat 2 persons Rear seat 3 persons Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver your vehicle may carry However the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight or load limit including occupants and cargo the vehicle can carry E150103AAM Towing capacity We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing E150104AUN Cargo capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load if your vehicle is equipped with a trailer E150105AUN C1 Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehi
112. abric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained CAUTION Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric s appearance and fire resistant properties G230203AUN Cleaning the lap shoulder belt web bing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instruc tions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it G230204AHM Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi cle become fogged that is covered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with a glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner con tainer CAUTION Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window This may result in damage of the rear window defroster grid sec ieoeseca Maintenance S EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM G270000AHM EU The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty infor mation contained in the Warranty amp Maintenance booklet in your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an emis sion control system to meet all applicable emission regulations There are three emission control sys tems as foll
113. actory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance In most cases you will not need to have your wheels aligned again However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your wheels may need to be rebalanced CAUTION Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu minum wheels Use only approved wheel weights N PEPE ANE AEPA Maintenance OENO076053 G200600AHM EU Tire replacement If the tire is worn evenly a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread This shows there is less than 1 6 mm 1 16 inch of tread left on the tire Replace the tire when this happens Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac ing the tire A WARNING Replacing tires To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries from an acci dent caused by tire failure or loss of vehicle control Replace tires that are worn show uneven wear or are damaged Worn tires can cause loss of braking effec tiveness steering control and traction Do not drive your vehicle with too little or too much pressure in your tires This can lead to uneven wear and tire failure When replacing tires never mix radial and bias ply tires on the same car You must replace all tires including the spare if moving f
114. ain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations collisions from the front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover situations A WARNING In order for side and curtain air bags to provide the best protec tion both front seat occupants and both outboard rear occu pants should sit in an upright position with the seat belts prop erly fastened Importantly chil dren should sit in a proper child restraint system in the rear seat Continued Continued e When children are seated in the rear outboard seats they must be seated in the proper child restraint system Make sure to put the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possible and secure the child restraint system in a locked posi tion e Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passen gers when they are seated on seats equipped with side impact and or curtain air bags e Never try to open or repair any components of the side curtain air bag system This should only be done by an authorized KIA dealer Failure to follow the above men tioned instructions can result in injury or death to the vehicle occu pants in an accident Safety features of your vehicle C040800AAM Why didn t my air bag go off ina collision Inflation and non infla tion conditions o
115. air and or inflate a low pressure tire The tire sealant can damage the tire pressure sensor If used you will have to replace the tire pres sure sensor Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem You must use TPMS specific wheels It is rec ommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized KIA dealer Even if you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire the Low Tire Pressure telltale will remain on until the low pressure tire is repaired and placed on the vehicle After you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire the TPMS malfunction indicator may illuminate after a few minutes because the TPMS sensor mounted on the spare wheel is not initiated Once the low pressure tire is reinflat ed to the recommended pressure and installed on the vehicle or the TPMS sensor mounted on the replaced spare wheel is initiated by an authorized KIA dealer the TPMS malfunction indicator and the low tire pressure telltale will extinguish within a few minutes of driving If the indicator is not extinguished after a few minutes of driving please visit an authorized KIA dealer CAUTION If a original mounted tire is replaced with the spare tire the TPMS sensor on the replaced spare wheel should be initiated and the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel should be deactivated If the TPMS sen sor on the original mounted wheel located in th
116. ake lines amp connections including booster Manual transaxle oil 1 l l l l Clutch amp brake pedal free play l l if equipped Maintenance r Chassis and body Continued MAINTENANCE Kilometers or time in months whichever comes first INTERVALS x 1 000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 128 MAINTENANCE ITEM Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 Automatic transaxle fluid 1 l l l l l l l l l R l l Chassis amp underbody bolts amp nuts l l l l l l l l l Tire condition amp inflation pressure l l l l l l l l l l l Wheel alignment 4 Inspect when abnormal condition noted Tire rotation Rotate the tires every 12 000 km Steering operation amp linkage l l l l l l Power steering fluid amp lines l l l l l l l Driveshaft dust boots l l Seat belts buckles amp anchors l l l l l l l Lock hinges amp hood latch L E IE E L L E E E L L L E L E if equipped Maintenance A OE Eh aaa Chart symbols l Inspect these items and their related parts If necessary correct clean refill adjust or replace R Replace or change L Lubricate 1 Refer to
117. al or release the cruise control ON OFF switch Driving your vehicle OAM059010L OAM059012L OAM059011L E090100AUN KM 3 Push the SET switch and release it 090200AAM EU To set cruise conirol speed at the desired speed The SET indica To increase cruise control set 1 Push the CRUISE ON OFF button on tor light in the instrument cluster will speed the steering wheel to turn the system illuminate Release the accelerator at Follow either of these procedures on The CRUISE indicator light in the the same time The desired speed will Push the RES switch and hold it Your instrument cluster will illuminate automatically Ds maintained vehicle will accelerate Release the 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which O a steep grade the vehicle may slow switch at the speed you want must be more than 40 km h 25 mph down or speed up slightly while going Push the RES switch and release it downhill ae immediately The cruising speed will increase by 1 6 km h 1 0 mph each time the RES switch is operated in this manner Driving your vehicle OAM059012L E090300AAM EU To decrease the cruising speed Follow either of these procedures e Push the SET switch and hold it Your vehicle will gradually slow down Release the switch at the speed you want to maintain e Push the SET switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will decrease by 1 6 km h 1 0 mph each time the SET switch is ope
118. al door lock switch Operate by pressing the central door lock switch e When pressing the front portion 1 of the switch all vehicle doors will lock e When pressing the rear portion 2 of the switch all vehicle doors will unlock e If the key is in the ignition switch and any front door is opened the doors will not lock even though the front portion 1 of the central door lock switch is pressed A WARNING Doors The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehi cle is in motion to prevent acci dental opening of the door Locked doors will also discour age potential intruders when the vehicle stops or slows down e Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles motorcy cles bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door Opening a door when something is approaching can cause damage or injury A WARNING Unlocked vehicles Leaving your vehicle unlocked can invite theft or possible harm to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle while you are gone Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended A WARNING Unattended children An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot causing death or severe injury to unattended chil dren or animals who cannot escape the vehicle Furthermore children might operate features of the vehi cle that could
119. al of the booster battery 3 then the other end to a solid stationary metallic point for example the engine lifting bracket away from the battery 4 Do not connect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked Do not allow the jumper cables to con tact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground Do not lean over the battery when making connections CAUTION Battery cables Do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to the negative ter minal of the discharged battery This can cause the discharged bat tery to overheat and crack releas ing battery acid 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2 000 rpm then start the engine of the vehi cle with the discharged battery If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent you should have your vehi cle checked by an authorized KIA dealer F040200AAM EU Push starting Vehicles equipped with automatic transaxle and manual transaxle vehicles equipped with clutch lock system cannot be push started Follow the directions in this section for jump starting What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS FOS0000AAM 4 Check to see if the water pump drive 6 lf you cannot find the cause of the If your temperature gauge indicates over heating you experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the engine will probably
120. al range area toward the H position it indicates overheat ing that may damage the engine CAUTION Do not operate the engine within the tachometer s RED ZONE This may cause severe engine dam age OAM040033 D150203AUN Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is ON Do not continue driving with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to If the engine overheats in section 6 Features of your vehicle On inclines or curves the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank OAM049034 OAM049035 D150205AAM EU Odometer Tripmeter ECOMINDER indicator if equipped Odometer tripmeter A or B and ECO A CAUTION MINDER indicator ECO ON OFF ivi low fuel mode can be selected by pressing the man AAE ad TRIP button for less than 1 second cause the engine to misfire damag ing catalytic converter OAM040034 D150204BHM EE Fuel gauge The fuel gauge indicates the approxi mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank The fuel tank capacity is given in sec tion 8 The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light which will illumi nate when the fuel tank is nearly empty Features of your vehicle OAM049030L Odometer The odometer indicates the total dis tance the vehicle has b
121. and does not indicate a mal function When this happens increase the engine RPM by depressing the accelerator until the RPM reaches 1 500 rpm then release or let the engine idle for two or three minutes to warm up the fluid D130300AUN Tilt steering Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise the steering wheel to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive while permitting you to see the instru ment panel warning lights and gauges tseeiceeecea Features of your vehicle CAUTION Do not strike the horn severely to operate it or hit it with your fist Do not press on the horn with a sharp pointed object E OAM049021L OAM049022 To change the steering wheel angle pull D130500AUN down the lock release lever 1 adjust Horn the steering wheel to the desired angle To sound the horn press the horn sym 2 then pull up the lock release lever to bol on your steering wheel Check the lock the steering wheel in place Be sure horn regularly to be sure it operates to adjust the steering wheel to the properly desired position before driving NOTICE To sound the horn press the area indi cated by the horn symbol on your steer ing wheel see illustration The horn will operate only when this area is pressed Features of your vehicle MIRRORS D14010
122. ant detection systemr sseeeeseeeeeeeees 3 39 Side impact air bag EEE LETEA PEIEE PESE IEA TETTA 3 49 Air CCAM ser eeeereeeeeeeeeeeeteceecn eee ENESE FEPEES EENEN EESK EEPE EE KEAS 7 23 E E E E T nisennese 4 94 Anti lock brake system ABS ssssssssssessessetseeeeeees 5 25 Appearance CALE scossstbhs fies ecb tb dens T T E 7 52 Exterior CAL seers eeteeteeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeceeeeeseeseeeeeeeseoees 7 52 tenor CALE enea neige esinaise Rane oS ET TEREE EE J57 aae T E 3 8 A diotemotecontroleesnieean einsi esrie ia 4 95 Audio system EE T E E E PE E Sense cease cui as 4 94 Antenna Fie set setencoscnsesondetensedesdessntaysiiapershviesabietevenceriegy 4 94 AUdiO TEMOtE control eienenn 4 95 Auto lock mode Passenger seat belt esrsseeeeee 3 28 Automatic climate control SYS EM ssesesesesesesesesesesesesesenees 4 77 Air conditioning Saauen duu esunws dubs oeaind duabae shisveneed soaiecumecoebeees 4 83 Automatic heating and air conditioning 4 78 Manual heating and air conditioning 4 79 AUTOMATIC trANSAXKIE eee eere ene Ener e nere SE EN EEES 5 15 Ignition key interlock system eeeeereeeeeeerereetereeee 5 19 Shift lock SYS EM sreceseesessesesseseeeereeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeee ent 5 19 Sports aen ea A E 5 18 2 Battery E T E E 7227 Battery saver fUMCtiOnss seseeesereeeeseseeee tees eteeeteteeeeeenes 4 58 Before driving E A Soebica vsiedbneincs E E 5 3 Brake sys
123. antenna turn it counterclock wise To install the roof antenna turn it clockwise Features of your vehicle CAUTION Before entering a place with a low height clearance or a car wash remove the antenna by rotating it counterclockwise If not the antenna may be damaged e When reinstalling your roof antenna it is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure proper reception But it could be removed when parking the vehi cle or when loading cargo on the roof rack e When cargo is loaded on the roof rack do not place the cargo near the antenna pole to ensure proper reception OAM049084 D300200BUN AM Audio remote control if equipped The steering wheel audio remote control button is installed to promote safe driv ing CAUTION Do not operate the audio remote control buttons simultaneously VOLUME 4 iq 1 Push up the lever to increase volume e Push down the lever to decrease vol ume SEEK PRESET V 2 If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for 0 8 second or more it will work as fol lows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button CDP mode It will function as the FF REW button CDC mode It will function as the DISC UP DOWN button If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for less than 0 8 second it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION s
124. art of the engine or emission control sys tem All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized KIA dealer Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle Additionally such actions could void your warranties Dimensions 8 2 Bulb wattage 8 2 Tires and wheels 8 3 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 4 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 6 Vehicle certification label 8 6 Tire specification and pressure label 8 7 Engine number 8 7 Specifications amp Consumer information Specifications amp Consumer information DIMENSIONS BULB WATTAGE 1010000AAM EU 1030000AAM EU Item mm in Light Bulb Wattage Overall length 4105 161 6 Headlights High Low 60 55 Overall width 1785 70 3 Front turn signal lights 21 Overall height 1610 63 4 1660 65 4 Side turn signal lights 5 Front tread 1570 61 8 1555 61 2 1550 61 0 Front side marker lights Position lights 5 Rear tread 1575 62 0 1560 61 4 1555 61 2 Front fog lights 27 Wheelbase 2550 100 4 Stop and tail lights 27 8 oer Rear turn signal lights 27 T a paupas i with 205 55R16 tire High mounted stop light 5 4 with 225 45R18
125. art Relay ECU A 30A Main Relay ECU B 10A F PUMP 20A F Pump Relay IGN 1 40A Ignition Switch H LP HI 20A Head Lamp Relay High H LP LO 20A Head Lamp Relay Low HORN 10A Horn Relay H LP LO RH 10A Head Lamp RH H LP LO LH 10A Head Lamp LH Instrument Cluster Low Beam IND ECU B 10A PCM ECM 1 6L ECU 3 10A ECU 2 0L ECU 2 10A ECU 2 0L ECU 1 20A PCM Ignition Coil 2 0L PCM 1 6L Maintenance eee Description Fuse rating Protected component INJECTOR 15A Immobilizer Module Idle Speed Control Actuator Injetor 1 4 Canister Close Valve Camshaft Position Sensor Oil Control Valve Oxygen Sensor Up Down Canister Purje Solenoid Valve SENSOR 10A Stop Lamp Switch A Con Relay C Fan Relay High Low Crankshaft Position Sensor 2 0L Camshaft Position Sensor 1 6L A CON 10A A Con Relay Maintenance APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care G230101AUN Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label G230102BUN Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driv ing you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt dirt
126. as Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in kilopascals kPa or pounds per square inch psi before a tire has built up heat from driving Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric des ignator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corre sponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maxi mum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum per missible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight ve
127. at It is recom mended that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a for ward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat Continued have an authorized KIA dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment A smaller stature adult who is not seated correctly for example seat excessively reclined leaning on the door or the center con sole or hips shifted forward in the seat can cause a condition where the advanced frontal air bag system senses less weight than if the occupant were seated properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs com fortably extended and their feet on the floor This condition can result in an adult potentially being misclassi fied and illumination of the PAS SENGER AIR BAG OFF indica tor Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag jal E The indications of the system s presence A WARNING M a are the letters AIR BAG embossed on If the occupant detection system is the air bag pad cover in the steering not working properly the SRS air wheel and the passenger s side front bag warning light 2 on the instru panel pad above the glove box ment panel will illuminate because the passenger s front air bag is connected with the occupant detection system If there is
128. ayed clears the average fuel consumption to zero Features of your vehicle ype A nene Of E 234 OAM040116L Type 040276 Driving time This mode indicates the total time trav eled since the last driving time reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the driving time keeps going while the engine is running The meters working range is from 00 00 99 59 Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the driving time is being displayed clears the driving time to zero 00 00 Features of your vehicle NOTICE e If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupt ed the Distance to empty function may not operate correctly The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters 1 6 gallons of fuel are added to the vehi cle e The fuel consumption and distance to empty values may vary significantly based on driving conditions driving habits and condition of the vehicle e The distance to empty value is an esti mate of the available driving distance This value may differ from the actual driving distance available Type A OAM049105N Type B ECO Driving ON ECO Driving OFF OAM040277 ECOMINDER INDICATOR ECO ON OFF mode if equipped You can turn the ECOMINDER indica tor on off on the instrument cluster in this mode If you push the TRIP button more than 1 second in the ECO ON mode ECOMIN DER
129. bag 2 B240B02L Upon deployment tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags Driver s front air bag 3 B240B03L A fully inflated air bag in combination with a properly worn seat belt slows the driver s or the passenger s forward motion reducing the risk of head and chest injury After complete inflation the air bag immediately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other con trols Passenger s front air bag lt 9 gt gt B240B05L Safety features of your vehicle A WARNING e If an air bag deploys there may be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released in the vehicle These conditions are normal and are not hazardous the air bags are packed in this fine powder The dust generated during air bag deployment may cause skin or eye irritation as well as aggra vate asthma for some persons Always wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly with lukewarm water and a mild soap after an accident in which the air bags were deployed e The SRS can function only when the ignition switch is in the ON position If the SRS air bag warn ing light does not illuminate or continuously remains on after illuminating for about 6 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position
130. casts This is because AM MW LW radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies These long low frequency radio waves can follow the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmosphere In addition they curve around obstructions so that they can provide better signal coverage EPEA Features of your vehicle FM radio station Mountains B JBM003 FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth s surface Because of this FM broadcasts generally begin to fade at short distances from the station Also FM signals are easily affected by build ings mountains or other obstructions These can result in certain listening con ditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio The fol lowing conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble Fading As your vehicle moves away from the radio station the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade When this occurs we suggest that you select another stronger station Flutter Static Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the trans mitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering nois es to occur Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the distur bance clears Station 2 88 1Mhz JBM005 e Station Swapping As a FM signal weakens another more powerful sig nal near the same frequency may begin to play This is beca
131. cation label e eeeeesseeessssessessssssessssesssrssssseessesens 5 48 Seating capacity INDIE A FEROE ETE EPE PEE OEE RETS 5 46 Tire and loading information labe eeeereeeeeeeeereeee 5 46 Towing capacity EERE wads ean se esw seus AONA A A OA ETA A 5 46 Vehicle capacity weight EE TE EN EE 5 46 Index Vehicle weight glossary etetett terseret i 5 50 Winter drying esenatu ian 5 43 Base cirb weightt isiiriisiimniesiiinsisieiissstinnsstiis 5 50 E E TAEA ES EE TAT 5 43 Cargo Weight lt lt eer saitusiectenserdiecashersiisessandabnaetapsenenntnanace 5 50 Wiper blades cterssseeessetanecnetssasscctssaensnsdennuschencte caeanensneccss 7 24 GAW Gross axle weight S eb dodiie daveinds ded dsddisdseeecseeedmbesds 5 50 Wipers ANG Washers eeseserescecsseccseorsenesssseceseccssecsessess 4 62 GAWR Gross axle weight rating setaceeeaaeaeseccesadiasacae 5 50 GVW Gross vehicle weight EEIE PAETE PEET EEE T E 5 50 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating eeren 5 50 Vehicle curb weight PAEA ETEA EE SAA 5 50 W Warnings and indicators osssssssirisesssssesssresssesssssassssesirsssis 4 44 Washer fluid sssseseeeeceeeceeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenees 7 22 Weight glossary CEREA EEEE A S ELA S E 5 50 Base curb weight E E E 5 50 Cargo weight RISPE EENEI IEAA A EASE TOOSE PEE TEE 5 50 GAW Gross axle weight eeeereeeeeeeerrertereeereererree 5 50 GAWR Gross axle weight rating eseese 5 50 GVW Gross vehicle weight eetere 5 50 GVWR Gros
132. ch time you press the ENGINE START STOP button take your vehicle to an authorized KIA dealer and have the system checked Shift to P or N to start engine If you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P Park or N Neutral position the warning illuminates for about 10 seconds on the LCD display You can also start the engine with the shift lever in the N Neutral position but for your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position Press start button while turn steering If the steering wheel does not unlock nor mally when the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the warning illumi nates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Also the warning chime sounds once and the ENGINE START STOP button light blinks for 10 seconds When you are warned press the ENGINE START STOP button while turn ing the steering wheel right and left Steering wheel unlocked if equipped If the steering wheel does not lock nor mally when the ENGINE START STOP button turns to the OFF position the warning illuminates for 10 minutes on the LCD display If locks when the door is opened or when you pull out the smart key from the smart key holder Check steering wheel lock If the steering wheel does not lock nor mally when the ENGINE START STOP button turns to the OFF position the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Also the warning chime sounds for 3 seconds and the ENGINE START STOP but
133. cked by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible TPMS EPEE R a Features of your vehicle The warning light also comes on and Tire Pressure Monitoring System indicator Type B stays on when there is a problem with the ow tire pressure indicator Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS malfunction indica If this happens the system may not mon tor if equipped itor the tire pressure Have the system checked by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible The low tire pressure telltale comes on for 3 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The low tire pressure telltale illuminates when one or more of your tires is signifi cantly underinflated The low tire pressure telltale will illumi nate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If this occurs have the system checked by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible If the warning light illuminates while driv ing reduce vehicle speed immediately and stop the vehicle Avoid hard braking and overcorrecting at the steering wheel Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle s tire information placard Features of your vehicle D150313AHM Charging system warning light This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or electrical charging system If the warning light illuminates while the vehicle is in mo
134. ckwise to dis play the songs before the currently played song Press the button to skip and play the selected song 8 FOLDER Moving Button e Press FOLDER V button to move child folder of the current folder and dis play the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the fold er displayed It will play the first song in the folder e Press FOLDER button to move parent folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed Features of your vehicle CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE To use an external USB device make sure the device is not con nected when starting up the vehi cle Connect the device after starting up e If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock e If the engine is started up or turned off while the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work It may not play inauthentic MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 It can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take precautions for static electrici ty when connecting or disconnect ing the external USB device Continued Continued An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB device the con ne
135. cle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs Driving your vehicle 4 The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 385 kg 849 lbs and there will be five 68 kg 150 lbs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and lug gage load capacity is 45 kg 99 lbs 385 340 5 x 68 45 kg or 849 750 5 x 150 99 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trail er load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle NOTICE We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Se ee eee ee ee ee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee ee CCL eee Cee eee ee Example 1 Example 2 Vehicle Vehicle f Capacity Capacity r A B c Cc C190F01JM C190F02JM Item Description Total Item Description Total A Vehicle Capacity 385 kg A Vehicle Capacity 385 kg Weight 849 Ibs Weight 849 Ibs p D aron i 136 kg 5 ae ee 340 kg eig 300 Ibs eig 750 Ibs 68 kg
136. cles that are equipped with a factory installed SIRIUS Satellite Radio system include Hardware and an introductory trial sub scription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle e For a small upgrade fee access to SIRIUS music channels and other select channels over the Internet using any computer connected to the Internet U S customers only For information on extended subscrip tion terms contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 NOTICE Satellite Radio requires SIRIUS com patible receiver and a subscription serv ice fee after trial period Vehicles without a factory installed radio receiver require hardware pur chase and installation Please see your dealer for further details All fees and programming subject to change Subscriptions governed by the SIRIUS Terms amp Conditions available at www sirius com serviceterms Available only in the 48 contiguous United States and the District of Columbia Service available in Canada see www siriuscanada ca Chrysler LLC shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN This 12 digit Satellite Serial Number is needed to re activate modify or track your satellite radio account You will need this number when communicating with SIRIUS Geechee led Features of your vehicle SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO PA710 PA715 AMAB USA There will be no Bluetooth logo if the Bluetooth feature is n
137. consult an author ized KIA dealer To prevent the jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly What to do in an emergency F070301 AUN EG Important use of compact spare tire if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a com pact spare tire This compact spare tire takes up less space than a regu lar size tire This tire is smaller than a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only CAUTION e You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in use The compact spare should be replaced by the proper conventional tire and rim at the first opportunity The operation of this vehicle is not recommended with more than one compact spare tire in use at the same time The compact spare should be inflat ed to 420 kPa 60 psi NOTICE Check the inflation pressure after installing the spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure as necessary When using a compact spare tire observe the following precautions e Under no circumstances should you exceed 80 km h 50 mph a higher speed could damage the tire Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole or debris could seriously damage the compact spare Any continuous road use of this tire could result in tire failure loss of vehicle control and possible per sonal injury Do not
138. containing more than 10 ethanol 2 Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol 3 Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol Introduction I E85 fuel is an alternative fuel com prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per cent gasoline and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles E85 is not compatible with your vehicle Use of E85 may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle s engine and fuel system KIA recommends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceed ing 10 percent CAUTION Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance prob lems caused by the use of E85 fuel CAUTION Never use gasohol which contains methanol Discontinue use of any gasohol product which impairs dri vability A020104AUN Use of MTBE KIA recommends avoiding fuels contain ing MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight in your vehicle Fuel containing MTBE over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight may reduce vehicle performance and produce vapor lock or hard starting CAUTION Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any performance prob lems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol or fuels containing MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight A020105AUN Do not use methanol
139. could interfere with the operation of the sup plemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags Do not place items under the front seats Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring har nesses Never hold an infant or child on your lap The infant or child could be seri ously injured or killed in the event of a crash All infants and children should be properly restrained in appropriate child safety seats or seat belts in the rear seat C041400AUN Adding equipment to or modify ing your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle s frame bumper system front end or side sheet metal or ride height this may affect the operation of your vehicle s air bag system Safety features of your vehicle OAM039041 C041200AUN EC Air bag warning label Air bag warning labels some required by the Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standards CMVSS are attached to alert the driver and passengers of poten tial risks of the air bag system Keys 4 2 Remote keyless entry 4 6 Smart key 4 9 Door locks 4 13 Tailgate 4 17 Windows 4 19 Hood 4 22 Fuel filler lid 4 24 Sunroof 4 27 Features of your vehicle A Steering wheel 4 31 Mirrors 4 33 Instrument cluster 4 37 Rearview camera 4 57 Hazard warning flasher 4 57 Lighting 4 58 Wipers and washers
140. cted external USB device can be unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recog nized Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in contact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device in a short period of time it may break the device You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing a USB device Continued Continued If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore disconnect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio SIRIUS or CD Depending on the type and capac ity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there is a difference in the time taken for recognition of the device Do not use the USB device for pur poses other than playing music files Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance or cause trouble If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia termi nal of the vehicle
141. cy conditions To drive your vehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tires on your tires If snow tires are needed it is nec essary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the original equipment tires Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Furthermore speeding rapid accelera tion sudden brake applications and sharp turns are potentially very haz ardous practices During deceleration use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake appli cations on snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur You need to keep suffi cient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle Also apply the brake gently E120101AUN Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s handling in all weather conditions Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehi cle s original equipment tires You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear Check with the tire dealer for max imum speed recommendations Do not install studded tires without first checking local state and municipal regu lations for possible restrictions against their use EPEE ER Driving your vehicle E120200AUN Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant Your vehicl
142. d be taken not to inadver tently press the gear shift lever sideways in such a manner that second gear is engaged Such a drastic downshift may cause the engine speed to increase to the point that the tachometer will enter the red zone Such over revving of the engine may possi bly cause engine damage Do not downshift more than 2 gears or downshift the gear when the engine is running at high speed 5 000 RPM or higher Such a downshifting may damage the engine Driving your vehicle e During cold weather shifting may be difficult until the transaxle lubricant has warmed up This is normal and not harmful to the transaxle e If you ve come to a complete stop and it s hard to shift into 1st or R Reverse put the shift lever in N Neutral posi tion and release the clutch Press the clutch pedal back down and then shift into 1st or R Reverse gear position CAUTION To avoid premature clutch wear and damage do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal Also don t use the clutch to hold the vehicle stopped on an uphill grade while waiting for a traffic light etc Do not use the shift lever as a handrest during driving as this can result in premature wear of the transaxle shift forks 050101AUN Using the clutch The clutch should be pressed all the way to the floor before shifting then released slowly The clutch pedal should always be fully released while driving Do not rest yo
143. d con dition e It doesn t work at the condition which doesn t meet economical driving such as P Park and N Neutral R Reverse D150302AUN Air bag warning light a ry This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System SRS is not working properly If the AIR BAG warning light does not come on or con tinuously remains on after operating for about 6 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position or start ed the engine or if it comes on while driving have the SRS inspected by an authorized KIA dealer iN a ta a yaa ea Se es el Features of your vehicle D150303AHM U1 Anti lock brake system ABS warning light This warning light illuminates if the igni tion switch is turned ON and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally If the ABS warning light remains on comes on while driving or does not come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position this indicates that the ABS may have malfunctioned If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible The normal braking system will still be operational but without the assis tance of the anti lock brake system Electronic brake force distribution O EBD system BRAKE warning light If these two warning lights shown i
144. d on the vehicle s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver s side center pillar outer panel If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire Then the TPMS mal function indicator or the Low Tire Pressure telltale may turn on until you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle Low tire pressure tell tale if equipped CAUTION In winter or cold weather the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recom mended tire inflation pressure in warm weather It does not mean your TPMS is malfunction ing because the decreased tem perature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure What to do in an emergency FO60200AHM U1 TPMS Tire Pressure TPMS Monitoring System malfunction indicator if equipped The TPMS malfunction indicator comes on and stays on when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If the system is able to correctly detect an under inflation warning at the same time as system failure then it will illuminate both the TPMS malfunction and
145. de fresh air position ih The indicator light on the button does not illuminate lt gt when the outside fresh air position is selected With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled accord ing to the function selected i Features of your vehicle NOTICE It should be noted that prolonged oper ation of the heating in recirculated air position will cause fogging of the wind shield and side windows and the air within the passenger compartment will become stale In addition prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessive ly dry air in the passenger compart ment OAM040207 D240205AAM Fan speed control The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by pressing the fan speed control switch To change the fan speed press A the switch for higher speed or push V the switch for lower speed To turn the fan speed control off press the front blower OFF button Features of your vehicle OAM040206 OAM040204 D240206AUN D240208AUN Air conditioning OFF mode Push the A C button to turn the air condi Push the OFF button to turn off the air cli tioning system on indicator light will illu mate control system However you can minate still operate the mode and air intake but Push the button again to turn the air con tons as long as the ignition switch is in ditioning system off th
146. decreases the system should be checked at an authorized KIA dealer X D230400AHM Checking the amount of air con ditioner refrigerant and compres sor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air conditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a negative impact on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorized KIA dealer NOTICE It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur Features of your vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED 1 Air conditioning button 2 Mode selection button 3 A C display 4 Fan speed control switch 5 Front windshield defroster button 6 Temperature control knob 7 AUTO automatic control button 8 OFF button 9 Air intake control button OAM040200 Features of your vehicle OAM040201 D240100AAM Automatic heating and air condi tioning The automatic climate control system is controlled by simply setting the desired temperature The Full Automatic Temperature Control FATC system automatically controls the heating and cooling system as follows 1 Push the AUTO button It is indicated by AUTO on the display The modes fan speeds air intake and air condi tioning will be controlled automatically by temperature setting 2 Turn the tempera
147. dicated on the vehicle s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver s side center pil lar outer panel If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire Then the TPMS malfunction indicator and the Low Tire Pressure telltale may turn on and illuminate after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle CAUTION In winter or cold weather the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recom mended tire inflation pressure in warm weather It does not mean your TPMS is malfunction ing because the decreased tem perature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure What to do in an emergency TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System malfunction indicator t The low tire pressure telltale will illu minate after it blinks for approximate ly one minute when there is a prob lem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If the system is able to cor rectly detect an underinflation warn ing at the same time as system fail
148. different types of fluid Checking the brake clutch fluid A CAUTION level Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri odically The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake clutch fluid clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to f prevent brake clutch fluid contamina n PA ee o tion A few drops of mineral based oil tif equipped such as engine oil in your brake cluitch system can damage brake clutch system parts Do not allow brake clutch fluid to contact the vehicle s body paint as paint damage will result Brake clutch fluid which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed It Maintenance POWER STEERING FLUID IF EQUIPPED OAM079039N OHMO78006N G090100AHM Checking the power steering fluid level With the vehicle on level ground check the fluid level in the power steering reser voir periodically The fluid should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir at the normal tem perature Before adding power steering fluid thor oughly clean the area around the reser voir cap to prevent power steering fluid contamination If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level NOTICE Check that the fluid level is in the HOT range on the reservoir If the fluid is cold check that it is in the COLD range I
149. ditions taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone e In sports mode only the 4 forward gears can be selected To reverse or park the vehicle move the shift lever to the R Reverse or P Park position as required e In sports mode downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down When the vehicle stops 1st gear is automatically selected e In sports mode when the engine rpm approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift automatically e To maintain the required levels of vehi cle performance and safety the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is operated e When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the up position This causes the transmission to shift into the 2nd gear which is bet ter for smooth driving on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to shift back to the 1st gear E060102AAM Shift lock system if equipped For your safety the automatic transaxle has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transaxle from P Park into R Reverse unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift the transaxle from P Park into R Reverse 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Depress the lock release button and move the shift lever If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P Park
150. dule Tire Pressure Monitoring Module CONNECTOR MEMORY 10A Door Warning Switch Overhead Console Assembly Map Lamp Center Room Lamp Luggage Lamp P OUTLET RR 15A Rear Power Outlet A BAG 15A SRS Control Module Weight Classification Module IGN COIL 15A Condenser Ignition Coil 1 4 T SIG 10A Hazard Switch CLUSTER 10A BCM Instrument Cluster IND A C Control Module ECU 10A ECM PCM START 10A E R Fuse amp Relay Box Start Relay B UP LP 10A Back up Lamp Switch M T Transaxle Range Switch A T Cruise Control Module A BAG W LP 10A Instrument Cluster Air Bag IND Maintenance EE Engine compartment fuse panel Description Fuse rating Protected component I P Junction Box Relay Tail Lamp Fuse TAIL LH 10A TAIL RH 10A S ROOF 20A STOP LP 15A BATT 2 50A DR LOCK 20A AMP 25A T GATE OPEN 15A FOG LP FR 15A FOG LP RR 10A Power Connector MEMORY 10A AUDIO 15A I P Junction Box Relay Power Window Fuse P WDW LH 25A P WDW RH 25A F MIRROR 10A BATI 20A HAZARD LP 15A C FAN 40A C Fan Relay High C Fan Relay Low MAIN 125A Generator Fuse ABS 240A ABS 140A RR HTD 40A BLW 40A MDPS 80A A CON 10A ABS 2 40A ABS Control Module ESC Control Module ABS 1 40A ABS Control Module ESC Control Module RR HTD 40A I P Junction Box Rear Defogger Relay BLW 40A Blower Relay MDPS 80A IGN 2 40A Ignition Switch St
151. duled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages You need this information to establish your compli ance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties Detailed warranty information is provided in your Warranty amp Consumer Information manual Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an author ized KIA dealer An authorized KIA deal er meets KIA s high service quality stan dards and receives technical support from KIA in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction G020200AUN EU Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform As explained earlier in this section sev eral procedures can be done only by an authorized KIA dealer with special tools NOTICE Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warran ty coverage For details read the sepa rate Warranty amp Consumer Information manual provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any serv icing or maintenance procedure have it done by an authorized KIA dealer Maintenance EEE See ee OWNER MAINTENANCE G030000AUN Owner maintenance schedule The following lists are vehicle checks and amp 030101AHM ins
152. e E RY S OAM039048 C030103AEN 1 Route the child restraint seat tether Securing a child restraint seat with strap over the seatback tether anchor system For vehicles with adjustable head Child restraint hook holders are located rests route the tether strap under the on the back of the rear seatbacks headrest and between the headrest posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback 2 Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat 1SAE3090A C030104AHM EU Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system Some child seat manufacturers make child restraint seats that are labeled as LATCH or LATCH compatible child restraint seats LATCH stands for Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children These seats include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two LATCH anchors at specific seating positions in your vehicle This type of child restraint seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the child seat in the rear seats Safety features of your vehicle Lower Anchor Position Indicator OUN038139L Child restraint symbols are located on the left and right rear seat backs to indi cate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints Useeidocecea Safety features of your vehicle A WARNING e When using the vehicle s LATCH syst
153. e Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure G201006AUN 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire G2010007AEN EC 7 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi mum section width For example TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times 11 2 as well on the gov ernment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate These grades are molded on the side walls of passenger vehicle tires The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade Maintenance ee Traction AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability t
154. e have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever sus pect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Maintenance i Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas Such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into the vehicle Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi cle for any extended time with the engine running When the engine stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system G270303AAM Operating precautions for catalytic converters if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device Therefore the following precautions must be observed e Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso line engines Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction such as misfire or a noticeable loss of per formance e Do not misuse or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes or more Do not modify or tamper with any p
155. e hazard warning flasher should be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the vehicle in a hazardous location When you must make such an emer gency stop always pull off the road as far as possible The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch Both turn signal lights will blink The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch again AK a Sa a sy a Sa Se es sal oO N Features of your vehicle LIGHTING D190100APB Battery saver function e The purpose of this feature is to pre vent the battery from being dis charged The system automatically turns off the parking lights when the driver removes the ignition key and opens the driver side door in that order e With this feature the parking lights will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of the road at night If necessary to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed per form the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column CAUTION If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors except dri ver s door the battery saver func tion does not operate Therefore it causes the battery to be dis charged In this case make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehicle OAM049040 D1
156. e heavy or sharp seat objects on seats equipped with During mild weather or under conditions seat warmers Damage to the seat where the operation of the seat warmer warming components could occur is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position Safety features of your vehicle t OUN028040 H C010108AAM Seatback pocket if equipped A WARNING Seatback pockeis Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets In an acci dent they could come loose from the pocket and injure vehicle occu pants A WARNING For proper operation of the occu pant detection system do not place any items cumulatively weighing over 1kg 2 2 Ibs in the passen ger s seatback pocket Rear seat adjustment C010307AHM C1 Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks can be folded to facil itate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle A WARNING The purpose of the fold down rear seatbacks is to allow you to carry longer objects that could not be accommodated in the cargo area Never allow passengers sit on top of the folded down seatback while the vehicle is moving This is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks Doing this could allow cargo
157. e hood 1 Before closing the hood check the fol lowing e All filler caps in the engine compart ment must be correctly installed e Gloves rags or any other com bustible material must be removed from the engine compartment 2 Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling 3 Lower the hood until it is about 30 cm 1 ft above the closed position and let it drop Make sure that it locks into place Features of your vehicle FUEL FILLER DOOR if equipped D100200AAM Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks This indicates that the cap is securely tightened 2 Close the fuel filler lid and push it in lightly making sure that it is securely closed D100300AAM EC OHD046014 i OAM049089 D100100AAM 1 Stop the engine Opening the fuel filler door 2 To open the fuel filler door pull the fuel The fuel filler door must be opened from filler door opener if equipped up inside the vehicle by pulling up the fuel 3 Pull open the fuel filler door 1 filler door opener lever 4 To remove the cap turn the fuel filler cap 2 counterclockwise NOTICE 5 Refuel as needed If the fuel filler door does not open because ice has formed around it tap lightly or push on the door to break the ice and release the door Do not pry on the door If necessary spray around the door with an approved de icer fluid do not use radiator anti freeze
158. e is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system lubri cates the water pump and prevents freezing Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter E120300AUN Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system Visually inspect the bat tery and cables as described in section 7 The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized KIA dealer or a service station E120400BUN Change to winter weight oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations If you aren t sure what weight oil you should use consult an authorized KIA dealer E120500AUN Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and compo nents to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way E120600AUN To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing squirt an approved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt
159. e position ON Features of your vehicle WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING D250000AUN e For maximum defrosting set the tem perature control to the extreme right hot position and the fan speed control to the highest speed e If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging set the mode to the floor defrost position e Before driving clear all snow and ice from the windshield rear window out side rear view mirrors and all side win dows e Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up inside of the windshield OAM049066 Manual climate control system D250101AUN C1 To defog inside windshield 1 Select any fan speed except 0 posi tion 2 Select desired temperature 3 Select the lt amp or HY position 4 The outside fresh air and air condi tioning will be selected automatically If the air conditioning and outside fresh air position are not selected automatical ly press the corresponding button manu ally Features of your vehicle OAMO049067 D250102AUN C1 To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest extreme right position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot position 3 Select the 7 position 4 The outside fresh air and air condi tioning will be selected automatically OAM040210 Automatic clima
160. e seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock OAM039004 C010103APB Seat height for driver s seat To change the height of the seat push the lever upwards or downwards e To lower the seat cushion push down the lever several times e To raise the seat cushion pull up the lever several times OPA039052 C010104AHM Headrest The driver s and front passenger s seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision S fety features of your vehicle OAM039005 Forward and rearward adjustment The headrest may be adjusted forward to 3 different positions by pulling the head rest forward to the desired detent To adjust the headrest to it s furthest rear ward position pull it fully forward to the farthest position and release it Adjust the headrest so that it properly supports the head and neck l OAM039006 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 Safety features of your vehicle OAM039007 Removal and insta
161. e spare tire carrier still activates the tire pressure monitoring system may not operate properly Have the tire with TPMS serviced or replaced by an authorized KIA dealer What to do in an emergency You may not be able identify a low tire by simply looking at it Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire s inflation pressure Please note that a tire that is hot from being driven will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold from sitting station ary for at least 3 hours and driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km during that 3 hour period Allow the tire to cool before measur ing the inflation pressure Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile 1 6 km in that 3 hour period CAUTION Do not use any tire sealant if your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System The liquid sealant can damage the tire pressure sen sors What to do in an emergenc IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE FO70101AAM Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only To prevent the jack from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store it properly Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury OAM069002 F070100AEN Jack and tools The jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench are stored in t
162. ear water drip ping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehi cle This is a normal system operation characteristic e Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale e During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system opera tion characteristic Outside air Blower Climate control Heater core AIM Evaporator air filter GONE 1LDA5047 D230300AHM EC Climate control air filter if equipped The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehi cle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized KIA dealer Ueweieoee cea Features of your vehicle NOTICE If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required e When the air flow rate suddenly
163. ed The electric remote control mirror switch To adjust an outside mirror move the allows you to adjust the position of the control lever left and right outside rearview mirrors To adjust the position of either mirror the ignition switch should be in the ACC posi tion Push the switch 1 to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment control to posi tion the selected mirror up down left or right After the adjustment put the switch into the neutral center position to prevent inadvertent adjustment teeeidecesea Features of your vehicle CAUTION e The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust ing angles but the motor contin ues to operate while the switch is depressed Do not depress the switch longer than necessary the motor may be damaged Do not attempt to adjust the out side rearview mirror by hand Doing so may damage the parts iia B OAM049028 D140202AHM EU Folding the outside rearview mirror To fold the outside rearview mirror grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Type A A CE 1 Tachometer D3 9 x1000rpm 2 Turn signal indicators Va a Ra R 3 Speedometer ee _ gt 4 Engine temperature gauge E D rE 4 5 Warning and indicator lights x om y ca 0 Ea 6 Shift position indicator
164. ed KIA dealer CAUTION If the engine is not stopped imme diately after the engine oil pressure warning light is illuminated severe damage could result ate Shae es ae a Features of your vehicle CAUTION If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is run ning serious engine damage may result The oil pressure warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pressure In normal operation it should come on when the ignition switch is turned on then go out when the engine is Started If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is running there is a serious malfunc tion If this happens stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so turn off the engine and check the oil level If the oil level is low fill the engine oil to the proper level and start the engine again If the light stays on with the engine running turn the engine off immediately In any instance where the oil light stays on when the engine is running the engine should be checked by an authorized KIA dealer before the vehicle is driven again D150308AHM EE Parking brake amp brake O fluid warning light BRAKE Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position The warning light should go off after a few seconds when the parking brake is released Low brake fluid level warning If the warning light remains on it
165. ed or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the front wheels When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the front of the vehicle should always be lift ed not the rear OPA067015 OPA067016 F080100AAM EU Towing service CAUTION If emergency towing is necessary we Do not tow with sling type equip recommend having it done by an author ment Use wheel lift or flatbed ized KIA dealer or a commercial tow equipment truck service Proper lifting and towing Do not tow the vehicle backwards procedures are necessary to prevent with the front wheels on the damage to the vehicle The use of wheel ground as this may cause dam dollies or flatbed is recommended age to the vehicle For trailer towing guidelines information refer to Trailer towing in section 5 What to do in an emergency When towing your vehicle in an emer gency without wheel dollies 1 Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi tion 2 Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral 3 Release the parking brake CAUTION Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral may cause inter nal damage to the transaxle OAM069010 F080200AAM Removable towing hook front if equipped 1 Remove the towing hook from the tool case 2 Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the front bumper OAM06901 1 3 Install the to
166. ed to the LATCH and tether anchors Also test the child restraint seat before you place the child in it Tilt the seat from side to side Also try to tug the seat for ward Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place CAUTION Do not allow the rear seat belt web bing to get scratched or pinched by the child seat latch and LATCH anchor during the installation A WARNING If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being seriously injured or killed in a colli sion greatly increases WARNING LATCH lower anchors LATCH lower anchors are only to be used with the left and right rear outboard seating positions Never attempt to attach a LATCH equipped seat in the center seating position You may damage the anchors or the anchors may fail and break in a collision Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM C040000AUN C1 1 Driver s front air bag 2 Passenger s front air bag 3 Side impact air bag 4 Curtain air bag if equipped The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OUN037301 See eee ee eee eee oe ee ee eee ee eee eee eee eee ee eee Cee eee Cee Cee eee ee Safety features of your vehicle C040900AUN How does the air bag system operate e Air bag are activated able to inflate if necessary only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START position
167. ediately and call the nearest authorized KIA dealer for assistance Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized KIA dealer What to do in an emergency TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS IF EQUIPPED TYPE A 1 TPMS malfunction indicator 2 Low tire pressure telltale FO60000AUN Each tire including the spare if pro vided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehi cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac ard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres sure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pres sure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the
168. eeee mec te cease der AA AERAR eReRceeeeeenee eee eeg eee cece cesees Introduction a How to use this manual 1 2 Fuel requirements 1 3 Vehicle handling instructions 1 5 Vehicle break in process 1 5 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 6 Introduction I HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A010000AAM We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehi cle Your Owner s Manual can assist you in many ways We strongly recommend that you read the entire manual In order to minimize the chance of death or injury you must read the WARNING and CAU TION sections in the manual Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle By reading your manual you will learn about features important safety information and driving tips under vari ous road conditions The general layout of the manual is pro vided in the Table of Contents Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject it has an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual Sections This manual has eight sections plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want You will find various WARNINGs CAUTIONs and NOTICEs in this manu al These WARNINGs were prepared to enhance your personal safety You should carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recommendation
169. eeererereerererererereeererereeee 4 67 Index OO OOO Defrosting Windshield seseeeeeseeeseeeeeeseecees 4 84 DIMENSIONS sisterectssscseascrisecssnsssnsecsvessscsoenndssnsssssesaeneeacsacsae 8 2 Door locksess eresse renerion ore aero eer core 4 13 Central door lock SWitch vss sssssreteesteeeteeeeeeeeeeeeneee anes 4 15 Child protector pear door LOCK serssseeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 16 Drinks holders see cup holders sseseeeseeeseees 4 90 Driver s air bag AIEA IENEI ENE E VELIE oer EAE ANA 3 45 Driving at night 4a Guive E E P AE T SecwedeueNeCRs 5 40 Driving IN flooded ALEAS eeeeteereeeeeeeseeeeeteeceeeceeceeaeeneeeeeeees 5 4 Driving TY THO RAL seFs8dereeeesse coven ces encevindcbencovesioedsaveeveeess 5 4 E Economical operation eeeeeeeeesereeserrererterertererrereresrenes 5 36 Electric chromic mirror ECM seesees eee eeeeeeeeee eens 4 33 Electronic stability control ESC rs seeeeeeeeteeeees 5 27 Emergency starting EEE EE E E socwededenesocgesdeavescaceneed 6 4 Jump starting E T T 6 4 Push starting TEE T EE 6 5 Emergency tailgate safety release 4 18 Emergency towing E EE I T 6 27 Emergency while driving EE E RASA EAEE AAT E EE 6 2 Emission control SYSTEM srseseseseeeseeseseeeseeeseeteceeseseneeetaees 7258 Crankcase emission control system sssee eee 7 58 Evaporative emission control including ORVR System EEEE EE EE AA N OEE cueswe T Exhaust emission control system seeen 7
170. een driven You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed NOTICE It is forbidden to alter the odometer of all vehicles with the intent to change the mileage registered on the odometer The alteration may void your warranty cov erage Tripmeter TRIP A Tripmeter A TRIP B Tripmeter B This mode indicates the distance of indi vidual trips selected since the last trip meter reset The meter s working range is from 0 0 to 999 9 km 0 0 to 999 9 miles Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the tripmeter TRIP A or TRIP B is being displayed clears the tripmeter to zero 0 0 D150206AAM Trip computer if equipped The trip computer is a microcomputer controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving such as odometer tripmeter distance to empty average fuel consumption and driving time on the display when the igni tion switch is in the ON position All stored driving information except odometer and distance to empty is reset if the battery is disconnected EPE EA E Features of your vehicle Odometer y Tripmeter y Distance to empty y Average fuel consumption y Driving time ECO y Ea if equipped Type A SS8S88m 228888 OAM040110 ODO 000000 km OAM040270 Odometer km or mi The odometer indicates
171. eesnee 6 2 Rocking the vehicle s sssssssssssssessesessesseeseesesseneennens 5 39 ROOF PACK E R 4 93 S Ceat Delis sssssessuss iersinii sereine eise siya isn esodi ereto 3 12 Pre tensioner seat Delt ss s sssrssssssssesssssssssssssssssssnesssssss 3 18 Seat belt Driver s cessscesseesseeesseeseeeeseeeseecnsseesaeeaees 3 14 Seat belt warming ssssscssssssesssssssesssssessessesseneeneens 3 14 Seat belts Front passenger and rear seats 3 16 Gat Ware e orrei as ankio SI dvveivendnbucnseteneceite 3 8 Seatback pocket eetteeeeeeeeerseteeesssteesesssessssreeesneseeesnrrreenne 3 9 Seating capacity sss ssesseeessssnesesnees 5 46 GQ GAS E A teossssiacayseccoselsavesoncdoandsossdoveesussescaesesevsise 3 2 ANTRDTES EE E E EE T EE E ETT 3 7 Folding the rear seat ssssessesseessessesseeseneseennenees 3 9 Front seat adjustment manual sssssseeseeeeeeeees 3 4 PIGAARE Sees vetsbaseancdh cas odassesesacbacsstuastaededss einas 3 5 3 11 Rear seat adjustment ee 3 9 S Gab WaTTTer E E E T 3 8 Seatback pocket eeeetteeerrteeeessreeeesseeessssssesssnneessneeees 3 9 Shift lock system ss ssssssssssssssessessessessssesseeseesesseseeneenees 5 19 Side impact air bag eeeseeeeestteeeessseeeessseessssseeessereeesstreees 3 49 Index RR Spare tire Compact spare tire essesreseeresseneseeseseeteseeeeeenees 6 23 Removing and storing the spare tire eeeeeerereeeetee 6 18 Smart key A E T E E E S els 4 9 Smooth cor
172. elect buttons A h ta a a a ds Se ss al Features of your vehicle CDP mode It will function as the TRACK UP DOWN button CDC mode It will function as the TRACK UP DOWN button MODE 3 Press the button to select Radio or CD compact disc MUTE 4 e Press the MUTE button to cancel the sound e Press the MUTE button again to acti vate the sound Detailed information for audio control buttons is described in the following pages in this section OAM049088 D300600AHM EE Aux USB and iPod port if equipped If your vehicle has an aux and or USB universal serial bus port or iPod port you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB and also an iPod port to plug in an iPod NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc OAM049054L l OAM041110 D210300AAM Advanced lighting speaker if equipped The advanced lighting speaker that lights around the front speaker is adjusted by turning the knob as follows Features of your vehicle 1 OFF The light turns off 2 MUSIC The light blinks or changes shade according to the sound of the audio If the audio is not turned on the light does not turn on 3 MOOD The light shade changes automatically at regular inter val 4 C
173. em to install a child restraint system in the rear seat all unused vehicle rear seat belt metal latch plates or tabs must be latched securely in their seat belt buckles and the seat belt web bing must be retracted behind the child restraint to prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts Unlatched metal latch plates or tabs may allow the child to reach the unretracted seat belts which may result in strangulation and a serious injury or death to the child in the child restraint Do not place anything around the lower anchors Also make sure that the seat belt is not caught in the lower anchors A WARNING Install the child restraint seat fully rearward against the seatback with the seatback reclined two positions from the most upright latched posi tion OUN036140L LATCH anchors have been provided in your vehicle The LATCH anchors are located in the left and right outboard rear seating positions Their locations are shown in the illustration There is no LATCH anchor provided for the center rear seating position The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install child restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH compatible attachments Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint assure that the seat is properly attach
174. en because you are carrying objects that make this necessary 1 Close all windows 2 Open side vents 3 Set the air intake control at Fresh the air flow control at Floor or Face and the fan at one of the higher speeds To assure proper operation of the ventilation system be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield are kept clear of snow ice leaves or other obstructions Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING E020100AUN Before entering vehicle e Be sure that all windows outside mir ror s and outside lights are clean e Check the condition of the tires e Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks e Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up E020200AUN Necessary inspections Fluid levels such as engine oil engine coolant brake fluid and washer fluid should be checked on a regular basis with the exact interval depending on the fluid Further details are provided in sec tion 7 Maintenance E020300AHM Before starting e Close and lock all doors e Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached e Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors Be sure that all lights work e Check all gauges e Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position e Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes out For safe operation be sure you are famil
175. en tempera tures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle s surface by moisture that evaporate slowly Mud is particularly corrosive because it dries slowly and holds moisture in con tact with the vehicle Although the mud appears to be dry it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dis persed For all these reasons it is partic ularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle hale eee tl Maintenance E To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from get ting started by observing the following Keep your vehicle clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of cor rosive materials Attention to the under side of the vehicle is particularly impor tant e If you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over e When cleaning underneath the vehicle give particular attent
176. ene 3 45 Memory fuse eeeeeeeteeeeetteeerrteeesssteeessstesessseessssseeesnereeesns 7 45 Power brakes sssss stessvseteencsseneseescsveevsseessvscevyacienevsssestnesys 5 22 E AE E E E E 4 33 Power outlet riir ano enee E E ES 4 91 Electric chromic mirror ECM eetere 4 33 Power steering oeeetteerttteeeettteeeesreeesesseeessssseessssseessneneenn 4 31 Inside rearview Mirror e eeeeeeeeeeeereeeersesersessreersreersr eee 4 33 Power steering fluid ssssssssssssssessessesseesesssssseeseessens 7 21 Outside rearview Mirror eee eee eeeereeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 34 Power window lock button s eeeteeeeeteceseeeceeeeseeeeeees 4 21 Multi boxe esineisiin rene inasai coins coseeceuiest 4 88 Pre tensioner seat b elteessisiscsciissisisscsnsrisessissesisscesiseins 3 18 TAE AE 7 46 Push starting eetere tretet rr tttenerrsr tretten nesr tr tenent 6 5 N R Neck restraints see headrest eeteeeseeeeeees 3 5 3 11 Rear combination light bulb replacement eee 7 59 Rear seat adjustment Susans she desescevsacerssceereduvesetsensenvermieceene 3 9 REAP VIEW CAINEEA of esestsesicsesessteeeesseisbvaccssstepcesapeeteparees cess 4 57 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 7 32 6 Recommended lubricants and capacities s eee 8 4 Recommended SAE viscosity number eerren 8 5 Remote keyless entry s s sssssssessessesessesseeseesensensennenees 4 5 Road warning eeeeteeeerteeeeertteeesssteeessseeesssseessssseeesnete
177. eply in currently selected language that it is changing to the next language System language cycles between English Canadian French and US Spanish Press and hold the button on the steering wheel for over 10 seconds 3 When completed the audio display returns to normal 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the next lan guage selection NOTE The phone needs to be paired again after changing system language Avoid resting your thumb or finger on the button as the language could unintentionally change m Receiving a Phone Call When receiving a phone call a ringtone is audible from speakers and the audio system changes into telephone mode When receiving a phone call Incoming call message and incoming phone num ber if available are displayed on the audio e To Answer a Call Press button on the steering wheel e To Reject a Call Press E3 button on the steering wheel e To Adjust Ring Volume Use VOLUME buttons on the steering wheel e To Transfer a Call to the Phone Secret Call Press and hold button on the steering wheel until the audio system transfers a call to the phone m Talking on the Phone When talking on the phone Active Call message and the other party s phone number if available are displayed on the audio e To Finish a Call Press E3 button on the steering wheel NOTICE In the following situations you or the other party may have difficulty hearing each
178. equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a side impact air bag in each front seat The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone Safety features of your vehicle The side impact air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash sever ity angle speed and point of impact The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations A WARNING Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags A WARNING The side impact air bag is sup plemental to the driver s and the passenger s seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in motion The air bags deploy only in certain side impact condi tions severe enough to cause significant injury to the vehicle occupants For best protection from the side air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side air bag both front seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fas tened The driver s hands should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9 00 and 3 00 posi
179. et immedi ate medical attention If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly wash the contacted area If you feel pain or burning sensation get medical attention imme diately Wear eye protection when charging or working near a battery Always provide ventilation when working in an enclosed space An inappropriately dis Jat posed battery can be harm ful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation Continued Maintenance Continued When lifting a plastic cased bat tery excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak resulting in personal injury Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected The electrical ignition system works with high voltage Never touch these components with the engine running or the ignition switched on Failure to follow the above warn ings can result in serious bodily injury or death G190200AUN Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance free calcium based battery If the battery becomes discharged in a short time because for example the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use recharge it by slow charging trickle for 10 hours e If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load wh
180. f the air bag There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expect ed to provide additional protection These include rear impacts second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents as well as low speed impacts In other words just because your vehicle is damaged and even if it is totally unusable don t be surprised that the air bags did not inflate OAM039031L OAM039031 OAM039032 O0AM039033 Air bag collision sensors 1 SRS control module 2 Front impact sensor 3 Side impact sensor if equipped Safety features of your vehicle A WARNING Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed This may cause unexpected air bag deployment which could result in serious personal injury or death e If the installation location or angle of the sensors is altered in any way the air bags may deploy when they should not or they may not deploy when they should causing severe injury or death Therefore do not try to perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized KIA dealer Continued Continued Problems may arise if the sensor installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper body or B pillar where side collision sensors are installed Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized KIA dealer e Your vehicle has been designed to
181. g 69 channels of 100 com mercial free music plus sports news talk and entertainment available nationwide in your vehicle For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS Satellite Radio channels visit sirius com in the United States sirius canada ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehi cle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstructed open view of the sky a requirement of a satel lite radio system Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance e Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the anten na clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible e Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception SIRIUS Satellite Radio service SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a subscription based satellite radio service that broad casts music sports news and entertain ment programming to radio receivers which are available for installation in motor vehicles or factory installed as well as for the home portable and wire less devices and through an Internet connection on personal computer Vehi
182. g down the left portion of the rear seat back If the rear center seat belt is buckled when the left portion of the rear seat back is folded down distortion and damage to the top portion of the seat back and seat belt garnish may result causing the seat back to lock into the folded down position OAM039046 When using the rear center seat belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be used B210A01NF 1 To release the seat belt The seat belt is released by pressing the release button 1 in the locking buckle When it is released the belt should auto matically draw back into the retractor If this does not happen check the belt to be sure it is not twisted then try again Safety features of your vehicle OAM039047 C020105AAM Stowing the rear seat belt The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion when not in use OAM039025 Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides will help keep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats when they are folded down After inserting the seat belt tighten the belt webbing by pulling it up CAUTION When using the seat belt use it after taking it out of the guides If you pull the seat belt when it is stored in the guides it may damage the guides and or belt webbing OED030300 C020200BHM EU Pre tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and fr
183. ger stopping dis tance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system W 78 CAUTION If the ABS warning light is on and stays on you may have a problem with the ABS In this case howev er your regular brakes will work normally The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS Contact an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible CAUTION e When you drive on a road having poor traction such as an icy road and have operated your brakes continuously the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate Pull your car over to a safe place and stop the engine Restart the engine If the ABS warning light goes off then your ABS system is normal Otherwise you may have a prob lem with the ABS Contact an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of low bat tery voltage It does not mean your ABS has malfunctioned e Do not pump your brakes e Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle Driving your vehicle E070500AHM EU Electronic stability c
184. he child seat e Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the car s interior Never put a seat belt over your self and a child During a crash the belt could press deep into the child causing serious internal injuries Continued Continued Never leave children unattended in a vehicle not even for a short time The car can heat up very quickly resulting in serious injuries to children inside Even very young children may inadver tently cause the vehicle to move entangle themselves in the win dows or lock themselves or oth ers inside the vehicle e Never allow two children or any two persons to use the same seat belt e Children often squirm and repo sition themselves improperly Never let a child ride with the shoulder belt under their arm or behind their back Always proper ly position and secure children in the rear seat Never allow a child to stand up or kneel on the seat or floor of a moving vehicle During a colli sion or sudden stop the child can be violently thrown against the vehicle s interior resulting in serious injury Continued Continued Never use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that hooks over a seatback it may not pro vide adequate security in an acci dent e Seat belts can become very hot especially when the car is
185. he luggage compartment Pull up the luggage box cover to reach this equipment 1 Jack handle 2 Jack 3 Wheel lug nut wrench See eee ee eee AOR RRA ee ee eee ee eee eee eee eee Ce R What to do in an emergenc SSS FO070200ASA Removing and storing the spare tire Turn the tire hold down wing bolt counterclockwise Store the tire in the reverse order of removal To prevent the spare tire and tools from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly i 1VQA4022 FO70300AAM EU U1 Changing tires 1 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake firmly 2 Place the transaxle shift lever in R Reverse with manual transaxle or P Park with automatic transaxle 3 Activate the hazard warning flash er What to do in an emergenc eens 1 0 4023 4 Remove the wheel lug nut wrench 6 Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun jack jack handle and spare tire terclockwise one turn each but do from the vehicle not remove any nut until the tire 5 Block both the front and rear of the has been raised off the ground wheel that is diagonally opposite from the jack position OAM069001 What to do in an emergenc OCM054013 7 Place the jack at the front or rear jacking position closest to the tire you are changing Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame OAM069009 Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwi
186. he outside fresh air ly dry air in the passenger compart position selected air enters ment the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled accord ing to the function selected A oe CE Features of your vehicle OAM049064 D230104AAM Fan speed control The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation The fan speed knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flow from the ven tilation system To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed To turn the fan speed control off turn the knob to the 0 position i OAM049065 D230105AHM Air conditioning if equipped Press the A C button to turn the air con ditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off System operation D230501AUN Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed D230502AHM Heating 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on e If the windshield fogs
187. he seat If the seatback is returned without being held and controlled the back of the seat could spring forward resulting in accidental injury to a person struck by the seatback A WARNING Driver respon sibility for passengers Riding in a vehicle with the seat back reclined could lead to serious or fatal injury in an accident If a seat is reclined during an accident the occupant s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt applying great force to the unprotected abdomen Serious or fatal internal injuries could result The driver must advise the passen ger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehi cle is in motion A WARNING Do not use a sitting cushion that reduces friction between the seat and passenger The passenger s hips may slide under the lap por tion of the seat belt during an acci dent or a sudden stop Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt can t operate normally A WARNING Driver s seat Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving This could result in loss of control and an accident causing death serious injury or property dam age e Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback could result in serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision Always
188. he vehi cle is stopped near the edge of a road way Depress the flasher switch with the igni tion switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously e The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not e The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING F020100AUN EU If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehi cle to a safe place F020200AUN If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driving 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possible and park on a firm level ground If you are on a divided highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes What to do in an emergency 2 When the vehicle is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flashers set the parking brake and put the transaxle in P Park automatic transaxle or reverse manual transaxle 3 Have all passengers get out of
189. he vehicle is moving at normal speeds can cause a sudden loss of control of the vehicle If you must use the parking brake to stop the vehicle use great caution in apply ing the brake Driving your vehicle 070102AHM Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes if equipped You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal Please remember that some driving con ditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply or lightly apply the brakes This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes CAUTION To avoid costly brake repairs do not continue to drive with worn brake pads Always replace the front or rear brake pads as pairs E070106APB Rear drum brakes if equipped Your rear drum brakes do not have wear indicators Therefore have the rear brake linings inspected if you hear a rubbing noise Also have your rear brakes inspected each time you change or rotate your tires and when you have the front brakes replaced OAM059004 Parking brake E070201AFD SA Applying the parking brake To engage the parking brake first apply the foot brake and then without pressing the release button in pull the parking brake lever up as far as possible In addi tion it is recommended that when parking the vehicle
190. hese numbers are provided as an example only your tire size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle P245 70R17 108T P Applicable vehicle type tires marked with the prefix P are intended for use on passenger vehicles or light trucks however not all tires have this marking 245 Tire width in millimeters 70 Aspect ratio The tire s section height as a percentage of its width R Tire construction code Radial 17 Rim diameter in inches 108 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry T Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 7 0JX17 7 0 Rim width in inches J Rim contour designation 17 Rim diameter in inches Maintenance eS Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger car tires The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire This symbol corresponds to that tire s designed maximum safe oper ating speed Speed Rating Maximum Speed Symbol S 180 km h 112 mph T 190 km h 118 mph H 210 km h 130
191. hicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg 150 pounds Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Maintenance eS Outward Facing Sidewall The side of a asymmetrical tire that has a par ticular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommend ed tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seat ed Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a
192. horized KIA dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible Wheel nut tightening torque 9 11 kg m 65 79 Ib ft o gt wee eee eed M What to do in an emergency If you have a tire gauge remove the valve cap and check the air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the cor rect pressure If it is too high adjust it until it is correct Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting the tire pressure If the cap is not replaced dust and dirt may get into the tire valve and air may leak from the tire If you lose a valve cap buy another and install it as soon as possible After you have changed the wheels always secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations CAUTION Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Installation of a non metric thread nut on a metric stud or vice versa will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels If in doubt
193. iPod Selection Button If iPod is connected it switches to the iPod mode from the current mode to play the song files stored in the iPod If there is no iPod connected it displays No Media for 3 seconds and returns to the previous mode 2 TRACK Moving Button e Press the TRACK button for less than 0 8 second to play from the begin ning of the song currently played Press the button for less than 0 8 second and press it again within 1 second to move to and play the previous track Press the button for 0 8 second or longer to play the song in reverse direc tion in fast speed e Press the TRACK V button for less than 0 8 second to move to the next track Press the button for 0 8 second or longer to play the song in forward direc tion in fast speed 3 REPEAT Button Repeats the song currently played 4 RANDOM Playback Button Press the button for less than 0 8 second to start or stop the random playback of the songs within the current category Press the button for longer than 0 8 sec ond to randomly play all songs in the entire album of the iPod Press the button once again to cancel the mode 5 INFO Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in the order of Title gt Artist Album Displays no information if the file has no song information 6 SEARCH Knob amp ENTER Button When you rotate the knob clockwise it will display the songs category next to the song c
194. iar with your vehicle and its equipment Driving your vehicle KEY POSITIONS A WARNING Driving under A WARNING the influence of alcohol or e When you intend to park or stop drugs the vehicle with the engine on be Drinking and driving is dangerous careful not to depress the accel Drunk driving is the number one erator pedal for a long period of contributor to the highway death time It may overheat the engine toll each year Even a small amount or exhaust system and cause fire of alcohol will affect your reflexes When you make a sudden stop or perceptions and judgment Driving turn the steering wheel rapidly while under the influence of drugs loose objects may drop on the is as dangerous or more dangerous floor and it could interfere with than driving drunk the operation of the foot pedals OUN036002 You are much more likely to have a possibly causing an accident gnition switch position serious accident if you drink or Keep all things in the vehicle EOSO201AUN take drugs and drive safely stored LOCK If you are drinking or taking drugs If you do not focus on driving it dont drive Da Rot ride with a drlv may cause an accident Be care The steering wheel locks to protect er who has been drinking or taking ful when operating what may dis amp 9ainst Ae The vad can be drugs Choose a designated driver turb driving such as audio or removed ony instig position or call a cab heater It is the resp
195. ich may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger compartment These are normal oper ating conditions and are not haz ardous e Although it is harmless the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged peri ods Wash all exposed skin areas thor oughly after an accident in which the pre tensioner seat belts were activat ed NOTICE Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light 2 on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off CAUTION If the pre tensioner seat belt is not working properly this warning light will illuminate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven please have an authorized KIA dealer inspect the pre tensioner seat belt and SRS air bag system as soon as possible Safety features of your vehicle Continued Improper handling of the pre ten sioner seat belt assemblies and failure to heed the warnings not to strike modify inspect replace service or repair the pre tension er seat belt assemblies may lead to improper o
196. icle Rear view display if equipped Indicator OAM049025 To operate the electric rearview mirror e The mirror defaults to the ON position whenever the ignition switch is turned on Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn the automatic dimming function off The mirror indicator light will turn off Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn the automatic dimming function on The mirror indicator light will illuminate D140200AHM EU Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust the mirror angles before driving Your vehicle is equipped with both left hand and right hand outside rearview mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch The mir ror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street CAUTION Do not scrape ice off the mirror face this may damage the surface of the glass If ice should restrict the movement of the mirror do not force the mirror for adjustment To remove ice use a deicer spray or a sponge or soft cloth with warm water CAUTION If the mirror is jammed with ice do not adjust the mirror by force Use an approved spray de icer not radi ator antifreeze to release the frozen mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt Features of your vehicle B510A01E OAM049027 D140201APB D140201AHM EE Remote control Electric type if equipped Manual type if equipp
197. if the front and rear seats are in a reclined position Safety features of your vehicle C020400AEN Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never be disas sembled or modified In addition care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges doors or other abuse C020401AEN Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected peri odically for wear or damage of any kind Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible C020402AUN Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water Bleach dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric C020403ASA When to replace seat belts The entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no damage is visible Additional questions concern ing seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized KIA dealer Safety features of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM C030000AHM EC Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident sudden stop or sudden maneuver According to accident statis tics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front
198. ight Safety features of your vehicle Continued Avoid wearing twisted seat belts A twisted belt can t do its job well In a collision it could even cut into you Be sure the belt webbing is straight and not twist ed Be careful not to damage the belt webbing or hardware If the belt webbing or hardware is dam aged replace it A WARNING Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis chest and shoulders as applicable wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been designed A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer Continued Continued Care should be taken to avoid con tamination of the webbing with pol ishes oils and chemicals and par ticularly battery acid Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged It is essential to replace the entire assembly after it has been worn in a severe impact even if damage to the assembly is not obvious Belts should not be worn with straps twisted Each belt assembly must only be used by one occupant it is dangerous to put a belt around a child being carried on the occu pant s
199. ile the vehicle is being used recharge it at 20 30A for two hours A WARNING Recharging battery When recharging the battery observe the following precautions e The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation Do not allow cigarettes sparks or flame near the battery e Watch the battery during charg ing and stop or reduce the charg ing rate if the battery cells begin gassing boiling violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 49 C 120 F e Wear eye protection when check ing the battery during charging Disconnect the battery charger in the following order 1 Turn off the battery charger main switch 2 Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal 3 Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal Maintenance ee O G190300AAM Reset items Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected e Sunroof See section 4 e Climate control system See section 4 e Clock See section 4 Audio e Audio See section 4 Maintenance TIRES AND WHEELS G200100AUN Tire care For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle G200200AUN EU Recommended cold tire inflation pressures
200. ilgate The hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors and tailgate are locked The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0 7 m 28 in from the outside door handle If you want to make sure that a door has locked or not you should check the door lock button inside the vehicle or pull the outside door han dle Even though you press the button the doors will not lock and the chime sounds if any of the following occurs The smart key is in the vehicle e The ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position Any door except the tailgate is opened D040102AAM Unlocking Pressing the button of the front outside door handles with all doors and tailgate closed and locked unlocks all the doors and tailgate The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that all doors and tailgate are unlocked The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0 7 m 28 in from the outside door handle When the smart key is recognized in the area of 0 7 m 28 in from the front out side door handle other people can also open a door without possession of the smart key D040103AAM Tailgate unlocking If you are within 0 7 m 28 in from the outside tailgate handle with your smart key in possession the tailgate will unlock and open when you press the tailgate handle switch The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate is unlocked
201. ill turn to the ACC position If the button is pressed once more it will turn to the ON position The warning illuminates on the LCD dis play for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park position to turn off the engine Also the warning chime sounds for about 10 seconds if equipped Remove key When you turn off the engine with the smart key in the smart key holder the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds Also the smart key holder light blinks for about 10 seconds To remove the smart key push the smart key once and pull it out from the smart key holder A mi Sa a ai a Se Se ec se al Features of your vehicle Insert key If you press the ENGINE START STOP button while Key is not detected illumi nates on the LCD display the warning Insert key illuminates for about 10 sec onds Also the immobilizer indicator and the key holder light blinks for about 10 seconds Press start button again If you can not operate the ENGINE START STOP button when there is a problem with the ENGINE START STOP button system the warning illuminates for 10 seconds and the chime sounds continuously to indicate that you could start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button once more The chime will stop if the ENGINE START STOP button system works nor mally or the theft alarm system is armed If the warning illuminates ea
202. ing the day DRL can be help ful in many different driving conditions and it is especially helpful after dawn and before sunset The DRL system will make the head lights turn OFF when 1 The headlight switch is ON 2 The parking brake is applied 3 Engine stops Features of your vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS Windshield wiper washer Rear window wiper washer A Wiper speed control if equipped i aa o wipe INT Intermittent wipe LO Low wiper speed HI High wiper speed B Intermittent wipe time adjustment C Wash with brief wipes front D Rear wiper washer control ON Continuous wipe INT Intermittent wipe if equipped OAM049100N OAM049048N OFF Off D200000AAM EE E Wash with brief wipes rear Features of your vehicle OAM049101N D200100AAM Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON MIST For a single wiping cycle push the lever upward and release it with the lever in the OFF position The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is pushed upward and held OFF Wiper is not in operation INT Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals Use this mode in light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 LO Normal wiper speed HI Fast wiper speed NOTICE If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield defrost the windshield for about 10 mi
203. ion Be sure to use the correct battery e Circuits inside the smart key may develop problems when dropped exposed to moisture or static electrici ty e If you suspect that your smart key might have sustained some damage or you feel your smart key is not working correctly contact an author ized KIA dealer CAUTION An inappropriately disposed bat tery can be harmful to the environ ment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation Features of your vehicle DOOR LOCKS m Y r A MPA OCM040007 D050100AAM EU Operating door locks from out side the vehicle e Turn the key toward the front of the vehicle to unlock and toward the rear of the vehicle to lock e If you lock the driver s door with a key all vehicle doors will lock automatically e From the driver s door turn the key to the left once to unlock the door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors e Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the transmitter e Once the doors are unlocked they may be opened by pulling the door handle When closing the door push the door by hand Make sure the doors are closed securely NOTICE e In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions e If the door is locked unlocked multi ple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop ope
204. ion because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be signifi cantly reduced by such under ride collisions 1VQA2091 Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci dents because air bag deployment would not provide protection to the occupants However if equipped with side impact and curtain air bags the air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision 1VQA2092 Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees where the point of impact is concentrated to one area and the full force of the impact is not deliv ered to the sensors Safety features of your vehicle C041100AUN SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance free and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate or con tinuously remains on have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized KIA dealer Any work on the SRS system such as removing installing repairing or any work on the steering wheel must be per formed by an authorized KIA dealer Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury A WARNING e Modification to SRS components or wiring including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure can adversely affect SRS performance and lead to possible injury e For cleaning the air bag pad cov ers
205. ion to the compo nents under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accu mulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it Water under high pres sure and steam are particularly effec tive in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials e When cleaning lower door panels rocker panels and frame members be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion Keep your garage dry Don t park your vehicle in a damp poorly ventilated garage This creates a favor able environment for corrosion This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of cor rosion If bare metal is showing through the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are high ly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours Always remove bird droppings as soon as possi ble Don t neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting and cause corrosion
206. ipped eren era This warning light indicates the washer fluid reservoir is near empty Refill the washer fluid as soon as possible D150320AHM EU U1 Malfunction indicator MIL check engine light if equipped This indicator light is part of the Engine Control System which monitors various emission control system components If this light illuminates while driving it indi cates that a potential malfunction has been detected somewhere in the emis sion control system This light will also illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion and will go out in a few seconds after the engine is started If it illuminates while driving or does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position take your vehicle to the nearest authorized KIA dealer and have the sys tem checked Generally your vehicle will continue to be drivable but have the system checked by an authorized KIA dealer promptly CAUTION Prolonged driving with the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illuminated may cause damage to the emission con trol systems which could effect dri vability and or fuel economy CAUTION If the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illumi nates potential catalytic converter damage is possible This could result in loss of engine power Have the Engine Control System inspect ed as soon as possible by an authorized KIA dealer Features of
207. irected to the side window defrosters Features of your vehicle OAM049059 Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumbwheel Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown OAM049062 D230102AAM EU Temperature control The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flow from the ventilation system To change the air temperature in the passenger compartment turn the knob to the right position for warm and hot air or left posi tion for cooler air OAM049063 D230103AHM U1 Air intake control The air intake control is used to select the outside fresh air position or recircu lated air position To change the air intake control position press the control button Features of your vehicle Recirculated air position NOTICE With the recirculated air Prolonged operation of the heater in the position selected air from recirculated air position without air the passenger compart conditioning selected may cause fog ment will be drawn through ging of the windshield and side windows the heating system and and the air within the passenger com heated or cooled according partment may become stale to the function selected In addition prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air Outside fresh air position position selected will result in excessive _ With t
208. is limited to 1st through 3rd The transaxle will not shift to 4th gear until the O D system button is pressed again to release the switch When driving down a sloping road with the transaxle in O D 4th you can decrease the vehicle speed without using the brakes by pressing the O D button When the ignition is switched OFF O D OFF mode is automatically cancelled O D OFF Indicator This indicator light illuminates in the instrument panel when the O D mode is cancelled NOTICE If the O D OFF indicator flashes it indi cates an electrical problem with the transaxle Should this occur have the vehicle checked by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible Sports mode OAM050015 Sports mode if equipped Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion sports mode is selected by push ing the shift lever from the D Drive posi tion into the manual gate To return to D Drive range operation push the shift lever back into the main gate In sports mode moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly In contrast to a manual transaxle the sports mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed Using the shift lever Up Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear 1 Driving your vehicle Down Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear 2 NOTICE In sports mode the driver must exe cute upshifts in accordance with road con
209. it will not be controlled by the audio system CAUTION IN USING THE iPod DEVICE e The Kia iPod Power Cable is needed in order to operate iPod with the audio buttons on the audio system The USB cable pro vided by Apple may cause mal function and should not be used for Kia vehicles The Kia iPod Power Cable may be purchased through your Kia Dealership e When connecting iPod with the iPod Power Cable insert the con nector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted com pletely communications between iPod and audio may be interrupted e When adjusting the sound effects of the iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the quality of the sound Deactivate turn off the equalizer function of an iPod when adjust ing the audio system s volume and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod Continued Continued When the iPod cable is connected the system can be switched to AUX mode even without iPod device and may cause noise Disconnect the iPod cable when you are not using the iPod device e When not using iPod with car audio detach the iPod cable from iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly Features of your vehicle SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO INFORMATION IF EQUIPPED Satellite radio channels SIRIUS Satellite Radio has over 130 chan nels includin
210. ithout depressing the lock release button OAM059002 OAM050002 E060000AAM EU Gee cecoe seca Driving your vehicle For smooth operation depress the brake E060101AAM pedal when shifting from N Neutral to a A CAUTION Transaxle ranges forward or reverse gear e To avoid damage to your The indicator in the instrument cluster transaxle do not accelerate the displays the shift lever position when the engine in R Reverse or any for ignition switch is in the ON position ward gear position with the brakes on P Park When stopped on an incline do Always come to a complete stop before not hold the vehicle with the shitting into P Park This position locks engine power Use the service the transaxle and prevents the drive brake or the parking brake wheels from rotating Do not shift from N Neutral or P Park into D Drive or R Reverse when the engine is above idle speed Driving your vehicle CAUTION The transaxle may be damaged if you shift into P Park while the vehicle is in motion R Reverse Use this position to drive the vehicle backward CAUTION Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R Reverse you may damage the transaxle if you shift into R Reverse while the vehicle is in motion except when Rocking the vehicle explained in this section N Neutral The wheels and transaxle are not engaged The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline
211. leaner filter A Genuine KIA air cleaner filter is recom mended when the filter is replaced GO50900AUN Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range G051000AHM Valve clearance if equipped Inspect for excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary An authorized KIA dealer should perform the operation G051100AHM Cooling system Check the cooling system components such as the radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts G051200AUN Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule G051300AUN Manual transaxle fluid if equipped Inspect the manual transaxle fluid according to the maintenance schedule G051400AUN Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped The fluid level should be in the HOT range of the dipstick after the engine and transaxle are at normal operating temperature Check the automatic transaxle fluid level with the engine run ning and the transaxle in neutral with the parking brake properly applied G051500AUN Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation chafing cracks deterioration and any leakage Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately G051600AAM Brake Clutch if equipped fluid Check the brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks
212. lighter will pop out to the ready position If it is necessary to replace the cigarette lighter use only a genuine KIA replace ment or its approved equivalent Features of your vehicle A WARNING Do not hold the lighter in after it is already heated because it will overheat e If the lighter does not pop out within 30 seconds remove it to prevent overheating CAUTION Only a genuine KIA lighter should be used in the cigarette lighter socket The use of plug in acces sories shavers hand held vacu ums and coffee pots etc may damage the socket or cause electri cal failure OAM049077 D280200ASA C1 Ashiray if equipped To use the ashtray open the cover To clean or empty the ashtray pull it out A WARNING Ashiray use Do not use the vehicle s ashtrays as waste receptacles e Putting lit cigarettes or matches in an ashtray with other com bustible materials may cause a fire D280300AHM Cup holder A WARNING Hot liquids e Do not place uncovered cups with hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion If the hot liquid spills you burn yourself Such a burn to the driv er could lead to loss of conirol of the vehicle To reduce the risk of personal injury in the event of sudden stop or collision do not place uncov ered or unsecured bottles glass es cans etc in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion A WARNING
213. ll weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment E160400AUN GAW Gross axle weight This is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload E160500AUN GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the certification label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR E160600AUN GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers E160700AUN EU GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the cer tification label located on the driver s door sill Road warning 6 2 In case of an emergency while driving 6 2 If the engine will not start 6 3 Emergency starting 6 4 If the engine overheats 6 6 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 6 7 If you have a flat tire 6 17 Towing 6 25 What to do in an emergency 6 What to do in an emergenc ROAD WARNING F010100ASA C1 Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching overtaking or passing your vehicle It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when t
214. llation To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling the headrest up 2 To reinstall the headrest put the head rest poles 3 into the holes while press ing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height HNF 2041 1 Active headrest if equipped The active headrest is designed to move forward and upward during a rear impact This helps to prevent the driver s and front passengers heads from moving backward and thus helps minimize neck injuries A OSA038123 C010109AVQ C1 Armrest for driver s seat if equipped To use the armrest swing down the arm rest to the lowest position Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature CAUTION e When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may dam age the surface of the heater or C010107AAM seats Seat warmer if equipped To prevent overheating the seat The seat warmers are provided to warm warmer do not place blankets the front seats during cold weather With cushions or seat covers on the the ignition switch in the ON position seats while the seat warmer is in push either of the switches to warm the operation driver s seat or the front passenger s Do not plac
215. llumi nate at the same time while driving the ABS and EBD system may have mal functioned In this case your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally Have the vehicle checked by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible NOTICE If the ABS warning light or EBD warn ing light is on and stays on the speedometer or odometer tripmeter may not work In this case have your vehicle checked by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible D150304AHM EU U1 Seat belt warning As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned on the seat belt warning light and the seat belt warning chime will operate for approxi mately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will blink till the 6 seconds and the warn ing chime will turn off immediately If the driver s seat belt is disconnected after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will turn off immediately If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km h 6 mph the seat belt warning light and chime will operate approximately 11 times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and 24
216. logy and definitions esetere 7 40 Tire traction eese ieies Eaei pabr aine RS GEER 7 35 8 Wheel alignment and tire balance 7 33 Wheel replacement ss ssssssssessesenesessssssessneseseese 7 35 Tires pressure monitoring system TPMS eerren 6 7 Changing a tire with TPMS sssssseessesesteeeetees 6 10 Low tire pressure telltale ssseeeeeeees 6 8 6 13 TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system Malfunction indicator eeeseseseeeeeseeeeseeeeeees 6 9 6 14 TOWING 0 se ssssessesseessseseeseesesssssensssessssnssessnsenasssansssenseasnsens 6 25 Emergency towinge s 1 ssssesssesssssssssesssseneseeseseessees 6 27 Towing Capacity s sssssessessesssssssessessesenasssssssesseesesens 5 46 Transaxle Automatic transaxle o sseescscseeesscsecssessesecseeesesensees 5 15 Manual transaxle ssssctscscscescoessesecscocsecessssbeesesscsssscontie 5 12 Trip COMpUtEL eeii ri esesta r E nerta 4 41 Tripmeter 1ssssssessessessesssesssssssesstssssesessnesesanasasesasnnss 4 4 V Vehicle break in PTOCESS s eseseseseeeseseeeeeteceeseeeteceseeseneneesees 1 5 Vehicle certification label seceeceteceeeeeseeeeeeeececeeeeenee 8 6 Vehicle handling TSE CELOTIG 283 fs 08s seseeccsdeseees cas ceesesestecesess 1 5 Vehicle identification number VIN sseeteeeereereeees 8 6 Vehicle load Litmit ceccreeceeeeesseeceeneeeceeceeeeeeesseeeeeseeenee 5 46 Cargo capacity NEELIE SPOL ANE VE ENEE ONA 5 46 Certifi
217. ls after driving on salted roads This helps pre vent corrosion Avoid washing the wheels with high speed car wash brushes e Do not use any cleaners containing acid or acid detergents It may damage and corrode the aluminum wheels coated with a clear protective finish Maintenance r G230107AHM Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corrosion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corro sion we produce vehicles of the highest quality However this is only part of the job To achieve the long term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver the owner s cooperation and assistance is also required Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are e Road salt dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle e Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unpro tected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive materi als corrosion protection is particularly important Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur For example corrosion is accelerated by high humidity particularly wh
218. lt out smoothly Front seat OUN026100 Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4 positions for maximum comfort and safety The height of the seat belt should not be too close to your neck The shoulder por tion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder near the door and not your neck To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position To raise the height adjuster pull it up 1 To lower it push it down 3 while press ing the height adjuster button 2 Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position Safety features of your vehicle B200A02NF C020106AUN Seat belts Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor To fasten your seat belt Combination retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation of child restraint systems Although a combina tion retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position it is strongly recommended that children always be seated in the rear seat NEVER place any infant restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle This type of seat belt combines the fea tures of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic lock ing re
219. may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low If the warning light remains on 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required Then check all brake components for fluid leaks 3 Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly Have the vehicle towed to any author ized KIA dealer for a brake system inspection and necessary repairs Your vehicle is equipped with dual diago nal braking systems This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the brake circuits is damaged or mal functions With only one of the circuits working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the vehicle Also the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working If the brakes fail while you are driving shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so To check bulb operation check whether the parking brake and brake fluid warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Features of your vehicle D150312AAM Shift pattern indicator Ka This indicator displays which automatic transaxle shift position is selected D150339ASA O D OFF Indicator if equipped O D OFF
220. mph V 240 km h 149 mph Z Above 240 km h 149 mph G201003AHM 3 Checking tire life TIN Tire Identification Number Any tires that are over 6 years old based on the manufacturing date including the spare tire should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall possibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tire size and tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1609 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2009 Maintenance ie G201004AEN 4 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rub ber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means radial ply con struction the letter D means diago nal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply con struction G201005AUN 5 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressur
221. mud and other foreign materials Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted surfaces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish CAUTION e Do not use strong soap chemical detergents or hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle Especially with high pressure water Water may leak through the windows and wet the interior To prevent damage to the plastic parts and lamps do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents OJB037800 CAUTION Water washing in the engine com partment including high pressure water washing may cause the fail ure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electri cal electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them Waxing A good coat of wax is a barrier between your paint and contaminate Keeping a good coat of wax on your vehicle will help protect i
222. n adjust the direction of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown OAM040209 D240202AUN Temperature control The temperature will increase to the maximum HI by turning the knob to the right extremely The temperature will decrease to the minimum Lo by turning the knob to the left extremely When turning the knob the temperature will increase or decrease by 0 5 C 1 F When set to the lowest temperature set ting the air conditioning will operate con tinuously Features of your vehicle Temperature conversion If the battery has been discharged or dis connected the temperature mode dis play will reset to Centigrade This is normal condition You can switch the temperature mode between Centigrade to Fahrenheit as follows While depressing the AUTO button depress the OFF button for 3 seconds or more The display will change from Centigrade to Fahrenheit or from Fahrenheit to Centigrade OAM040205 D240203AFD Air intake control This is used to select outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control position push the control button Recirculated air position The indicator light on the button illuminates when the recirculated air position is selected With the recirculated air position selected air from passenger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outsi
223. n hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water snow ice mud sand or similar hazards follow these suggestions e Drive cautiously and allow extra dis tance for braking e Avoid sudden braking or steering e When braking with non ABS brakes pump the brake pedal with a light up and down motion until the vehicle is stopped e If stalled in snow mud or sand use second gear Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive wheels e Use sand rock salt or other non slip material under the drive wheels to pro vide traction when stalled in ice snow or mud E170800AAM Reducing the risk of a rollover This multi purpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Crossover Utility Vehicle CUV CUV s have higher ground clear ance and a narrower track to make them capable of performing in a wide variety of road applications Specific design char acteristics give them a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehicles An advan tage of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the road which allows you to anticipate problems They are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger vehi cles Due to this risk driver and passen gers are strongly recommended to buck le their seat belts In a rollover crash an unbelted person is more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover If at all possible avoid
224. n low speed collisions However children are safer if they are restraint in the rear seat According to the impact severity seating position and seat belt usage the SRSCM SRS Control Module controls the air bag inflation Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or sever ity of injury in an accident Additionally your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system in the front passenger s seat The occupant detection system detects the presence of a passenger in the front passenger s seat and will turn off the front passenger s air bag under certain conditions For more detail see Occupant detection system in this section A WARNING e Modification to the seat structure can adversely affect the seat track position sensor and cause the air bag to deploy at a different level than should be provided e Do not place any objects under neath the front seats as they could damage the seat track position sensor or interfere with the occupant detection system e Do not place any objects that may cause magnetic fields near the front seat These may cause a malfunction of the seat track position sensor Safety features of your vehicle A WARNING Manufacturers are required by gov ernment regulations to provide a contact point concerning modifica tions to the vehicle for persons with disabilities which modifications may affect the vehicle s advanced air bag system However KIA doe
225. n the event the power steering system requires frequent addition of fluid the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized KIA dealer CAUTION To avoid damage to the power steering pump do not operate the vehicle for prolonged periods with a low power steering fluid level Never start the engine when the reservoir tank is empty When adding fluid be careful that dirt does not get into the tank Too little fluid can result in increased steering effort and or noise from the power steering system The use of the non specified fluid could reduce the effectiveness of the power steering system and cause damage to it Use only the specified power steering fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants and capacities in section 8 G090200AEN Checking the power steering hose Check the connections for oil leaks dam age and twists in the power steering hose before driving Maintenance OAM079009 G100100BUN C1 Checking the automatic transaxle fluid level The automatic transaxle fluid should be checked regularly Keep the vehicle on the level ground with the parking brake applied and check the fluid level according to the following pro cedure 1 Place the shift lever in N Neutral posi tion and confirm the engine is running at normal idle speed 2 After the transaxle is warmed up suffi ciently fluid temperature 70 80 C 158 176 F for example by 10 min utes usual driving move the
226. nce Label OUN088001 OVQ076002N H010000AAM The VIN is also on a plate attached to the The vehicle identification number VIN is top of the dashboard The number on the the number used in registering your vehi plate can easily be seen through the cle and in all legal matters pertaining to windshield from outside its ownership etc The number is punched on the floor under the front passenger seat To check the number remove the cover 1 oamos9002L H020000AUN The vehicle certification label attached on the driver s or front passenger s side center pillar gives the vehicle identifica tion number VIN Specifications amp Consumer information TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER PRESSURE LABEL OUN086005 HO30000APB The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best perform ance for normal driving The tire label located on the driver s side center pillar gives the tire pressures rec ommended for your vehicle OAM089004 HO4000AUN The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing Index A Air Dagg ssssessssessessessceeseeseesesessssseneeseeseneessensessesseneseenens 3 33 Air bag warning Tab lesscsscscssccovacccsacsoscconvsssosecssssceseess 3 59 Air bag warning light REEE E EEE ES TEE AA 3 36 Curtain air bag PEFP PLEPI AEAEE EE S 3 51 Driver s and passenger s front air bag eeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 45 Occup
227. nd is thus a necessary part of air bag design However air bag inflation can also cause injuries which normally can include facial abrasions bruises and broken bones and sometimes more severe injuries because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force There are even circumstances under which contact with the air bag can cause fatal injuries especially if the occupant is positioned exces sively close to the air bag C040902AUN Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the igni tion of the air bag inflator After the air bag inflates you may feel substantial dis comfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and powder Open your doors and or windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce dis comfort and prevent prolonged expo sure to the smoke and powder Though smoke and powder are non toxic it may cause irritation to the skin eyes nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists Safety features of your vehicle prbadg XC 1JBH3051 C040903AUN Installing a child restraint on a front passenger s seat is forbidden Never place a rear facing child restrai
228. nering APEEP ASE ROS ceudcasedoageecasiescauedceaaeeuseens 5 40 SNOW tires eseseereeeeeeeereeereeerererererererereeerereroreeeeeeseeree 5 43 7 44 Special driving CONCILIONS EEE EEEE ETENEE 5 38 Driving at night PEA E Sibi denies EEE A E E 5 40 Driving mfloodedareas iinei iss esyt eseistas 5 41 Driving IN the TA r eer EE EEEREN RE 5 4 Hazardous driving conditions essi seseir issis 5 38 Highway driving PEN PRENI PEPEES A IE PIPE PEE OE ANOEIE TS 5 42 Reducing the risk of a TOMO VEL sssssssssssssssssssssesssssss gt 5 38 Rocking the Vehicle sccceeceeeeceeseceeeceesceeenceeeeceeeeeees 5 39 Smooth cornering sbegeonssdaesenacdessecannedsansdapaedepoosusons access 5 40 Speedometer ENEAN IPE EPM uidle Sowing ce PAE SANTEE ENTE AT 4 38 Sports modera anioe E EE ET E E E ao ERRETO 5 18 Starting difficulties see Engine will not start 6 3 Starting the engine E SUER Gabe dabWetencadesmaservedspeseusenses eeveseniens 5 6 Steering MA HOG ssid dea seca ceee tenes anes deehedepes ceseesenny ses tssenesses tens 4 3 EET N P EE E S E E 4 32 Power steering diese Suid E E E E T 4 31 Tilt steering EEEE E T T T AT A 4 31 Storage COMPALtMENt eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeteetteeteeeeeeee tees 4 87 Center console SLOTAQE sereeeseeeeeseeeeeeseeeseteteeetseeeeeeetsees 4 87 Gloye DOK or is Ses tc vance ses sence tones sepes cases copes Aves censt sensensa 4 87 Luggage PGs sshecsetedsesarwsct te svsvssceesssapesiosectstesastecastcess 4 88 Muli ieecveondewnae
229. ng light is interconnected with the occu pant detection system If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system determines to be of adult size and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs com fortably extended and their feet on the floor the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will turn off and the front pas senger s air bag will be able to inflate if necessary in frontal crashes You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator on the center facia panel This system detects the conditions 1 4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly sitting upright with the seat in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfort ably extended feet on the floor and wearing the safety belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the safety belt The ODS Occupant Detection System may not function properly if the passen ger takes actions which can affect the detection system These include 1 Failing to sit in an upright position 2 Leaning against the door or center console 3 Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat 4 Putting legs on the dashboard or rest ing them on other loca
230. ng func tions is available 1 Say Call Name Dialing by Number A phone call can be made by dialing the spoken numbers The system can recog nize single digits from zero to nine Press button Say Call Say By number when prompted Say desired phone numbers Say Dial to complete the number and make a call Tip A shortcut to each of the following func tions is available Say Dial Number Say Dial lt digit gt m Phone Book In Vehicle Adding entry by voice Phone numbers and voice tags can be registered Entries registered in the phone can also be transferred Press button Say Phonebook The system replies with all available commands To skip the information message press again and then a beep is heard Say Add Entry Say By Voice to proceed Say the name of the entry when prompted Say Yes to confirm Say the phone number of that entry when prompted Say Store if phone number input is finished Say a phone number type Home Work Mobile Other or Default is available Say Yes to complete adding entry Say Yes to store additional location for this contact or say Cancel to fin ish the process Features of your vehicle X NOTICE The system can recognize single digits from zero to nine Numbers that are ten or greater
231. nk If all doors are closed after the lock button is pressed the hazard warning lights blink D020102AUN Unlock 2 All doors are unlocked if the unlock but ton is pressed The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that all doors are unlocked After depressing this button the doors will be locked automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds D020104AUN C1 Tailgate unlock 3 if equipped The tailgate is unlocked if the button is pressed for more than 1 second The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate is unlocked After depressing this button the tailgate will be locked automatically unless you open the tailgate within 30 seconds Also once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate will be locked automatically D020105AHM Alarm 4 if equipped The horn sounds and the hazard warning lights blink for about 30 seconds if this button is pressed for more than 0 5 sec ond To stop the horn and lights press any button on the transmitter h ta a a Sa Se hs Features of your vehicle OCM040007 D040100AHM Smart key functions Carrying the smart key you may lock and unlock the vehicle doors and tailgate Also you may start the engine Refer to the following for more details D040101AAM Locking Pressing the button of the front outside door handles with all doors and tailgate closed and any door unlocked locks all the doors and ta
232. nt in the front passenger s seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear fac ing child restraint causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraints in the front passenger s seat either If the front passenger air bag inflates it would cause serious or fatal injuries to the child Usecigeoeced Safety features of your vehicle When the ignition switch is turned ON the warning light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds then go off Have the system checked if P The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion e The light blinks when the ignition switch is in ON position S C041000AAM Air bag warning light The purpose of the air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag Supplemental Restraint System SRS W7 147 Safety features of your vehicle OAM039160N C040100AAM EU SRS components and functions The SRS consists of the following com ponents 1 Driver s front air bag module 2 Passenger s front air bag module 3 Side impact air bag modules 4 Curtain air bag modules 5 Retractor pre tensioner assemblies 6 Air bag warning light 7 SRS control module GSRSCM 8 Front impact sensors 9 Side impact sensors 10 PASSENGER AIR B
233. nterclockwise TREBLE Control To increase the TREBLE rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the TRE BLE rotate the knob counterclockwise Features of your vehicle e FADER Control Turn the control knob clockwise to emphasize rear speaker sound front speaker sound will be attenuated When the control knob is turned counterclock wise front speaker sound will be empha sized rear speaker sound will be attenu ated e BALANCE Control Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize right speaker sound left speaker sound will be attenuated When the control knob is turned counter clockwise left speaker sound will be emphasized right speaker sound will be attenuated 8 Preset Button Push 1 6 buttons less than 0 8 second to play the channel saved in each button Push Preset button for 0 8 second or longer to save current channel to the respective button with a beep Features of your vehicle CD PA710 PA715 AMAB USA K There will be no Bluetooth logo if the Bluetooth feature is not supported 1 CD Loading Slot o 2 CD Eject Button 3 CD AUX Selection Button 4 Automatic Track Selection Button 5 REPEAT Button D A o 6 RANDOM Play Button 7 CD Indicator 8 SCAN Play Button A x 9 INFO Button seek IE LE CAT O oal Se 10 SEARCH Knob amp ENTER Button 11 FOLDER Moving Button 4 g
234. ntinuously move to previous or next channel If CATEGORY Icon is displayed at the top of the screen channel up down is done through the channels within cur rent category 3 SCAN Button e When the button is pressed it automat ically scans the radio stations upwards e The SCAN feature steps through each channel starting from the initial chan nel for ten seconds e Press the SCAN button again to stop the scan feature and to listen to the cur rently selected channel If CATEGORY Icon is displayed at the top of the screen channel changing is done through the channels in current category 4 INFO Selection Button Displays the information of the channel currently played by in the order of Artist Song title Category Channel name Composer if available Artist Song title Category Channel name gt ART TITLE Selection Displays the information of the channel currently played by in the order of Category Channel name Artist Song title Composer if available Category Channel name Artist Song title CAT CH Selection If there is no infor mation of COMPOSER NAME it returns to main display 5 TUNE Knob and ENTER Button While listening to SIRIUS broadcast rotate this knob to the right or left to search other channels while listening to current channels and push this knob to select what you want to listen to Turn to the right to search higher chan nels and left lower channel
235. ntrol to the MAX A C position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed NOTICE e When using the air conditioning sys tem monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside tempera tures are high Air conditioning sys tem operation may cause engine over heating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning sys tem off if the engine temperature gauge indicates engine overheating e When opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment air conditioning should only be oper ated with the windows closed Features of your vehicle Air conditioning system operation tips If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehi cle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system opera tion you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance e When using the air conditioning sys tem you may notice cl
236. nutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation OAM049102N D200200ASA Windshield washers In the OFF position pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1 3 cycles Use this function when the windshield is dirty The spray and wiper operation will con tinue until you release the lever If the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not sufficient you will need to add appropri ate non abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment on the passenger side Useeieceeced Features of your vehicle CAUTION To prevent possible damage to the washer pump do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty CAUTION To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components do not attempt to move the wipers manually OAM049103N D200300AAM Rear window wiper and washer switch if equipped The rear window wiper switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever Turn the switch to the desired posi tion to operate the
237. o stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spec ified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perform ance Temperature A B amp C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure Grades B and A represent higher levels of perform ance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Maintenance a G201100AAM EC Tire terminology and definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire Air pressure is expressed in kilopascal kPa or pounds per square inch psi Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional acces sories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transaxle power seats and air con ditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bi
238. o contribute to corrosion Travel lightly Don t carry unnecessary weight in your vehicle Weight reduces fuel economy Don t let the engine idle longer than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only when you re ready to go Driving your vehicle e Remember your vehicle does not require extended warm up After the engine has started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac ing the vehicle in gear In very cold weather however give your engine a slightly longer warm up period e Don t lug or over rev the engine Lugging is driving too slowly in a very high gear resulting in engine bucking If this happens shift to a lower gear Over revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit This can be avoid ed by shifting at the recommended speed e Use your air conditioning sparingly The air conditioning system is operat ed by engine power so your fuel econ omy is reduced when you use it e Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy e Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating con dition is important both for economy and safety Therefore have an authorized KIA dealer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS E110100AHM EC Hazardous driving conditions Whe
239. o eliminate surrounding noise traffic noise vibration sounds etc which may disturb recogniz ing the voice command correctly Speak a command after a beep sound within 5 seconds Otherwise the command will not be received properly Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words While receiving voice commands press the button on the steer ing wheel remote controller to ter minate guidance Voice command will convert back to waiting mode to allow the user to say a new voice command m Making a Phone Call e Direct Calling Press button Say the following command Call lt John gt Connects the call to John Call lt John gt on lt Mobile gt Connects the call to John s mobile phone number Call lt John gt at lt Home gt Connects the call to john s home number Call lt John gt in lt Office gt Connects the call to John s office number Note Calls can be immediately connected to contacts who name or voice tag are saved in the phonebook or contacts EPEE E Features of your vehicle e Calling by Name A phone call can be made by speaking names registered in the audio system Press button Say Call Say By name when prompted Say desired name in Phonebook or voice tag Say desired location phone number type Only stored locations can be selected Say Yes to confirm and make a call Tip A shortcut to each of the followi
240. o enter the passenger com partment which could result in serious injury or death CAUTION Damaging rear seat belt buckles When you fold the rear seatback insert the buckle in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion Doing so can prevent the buckle from being damaged by the rear seatback CAUTION Rear seat belts When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides will help keep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Cargo Cargo should always be secured to prevent it from being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and caus ing injury to the vehicle occupants Do not place objects in the rear seats since they cannot be proper ly secured and may hit the front seat occupants in a collision A WARNING Cargo loading Make sure the engine is off the automatic transaxle is in P Park or the manual transaxle is in Reverse or 1st and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position OPA039053 C010303AHM Headrest The rear seat s is equipped with head rests in all the seating positions for the occupant s safety and comfor
241. o help you load your vehicle the right way A WARNING Loose cargo Items you carry inside your vehicle can strike and injure occupants in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash e Put items in the cargo area of your vehicle Try to spread the weight evenly Never stack items like suit cases inside the vehicle above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it Do not drive with a seat folded down unless necessary Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT E160000AUN This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the fol lowing terms for determining your vehi cle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s specifications and the certification label E160100AUN Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equip ment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment E160200AUN Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment E160300AUN Cargo weight This figure includes a
242. o special break in period is needed By following a few simple precautions for the first 1 000 km 600 miles you may add to the performance economy and life of your vehicle e Do not race the engine e While driving keep your engine speed rom or revolutions per minute between 2 000 rpm and 4 000 rpm Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time either fast or slow Varying engine speed is needed to properly break in the engine e Avoid hard stops except in emergen cies to allow the brakes to seat prop erly e Don t let the engine idle longer than 3 minutes at one time e Don t tow a trailer during the first 2 000 km 1 200 miles of operation Introduction Introduction INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER A050000AAM EC Door Ajar Warning Light o TR amp Brake Fluid m Tailgate Open Warning Light x 4 gt I o cE te Q Seat Belt Warning Light Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light Fy Low Fuel Level Warning Light High Beam Indicator O D OFF Indicator J Shift Pattern Indicator Low Beam Indicator ara Charging System Warning Light Cruise Indicator Turn Signal Indicator Malfunction Indicator Cruise SET Indicator Front Fog Light Indicator Air Bag Warning Light S909 Tail Light Indicator ESC Indicator Low Tire Brassure taltale Sa Low Windshield Washer Fluid Level Warning Light PMS Tire Pressure Monitoring H k T Beg OEF indicator System Malfunction Indicator
243. on 2 Turn the mode selection knob to the defrost position HW 3 Push the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The indicator light in the air intake control button will blink 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the pro grammed status If the battery has been discharged or dis connected it resets to the defog logic status OAM040213 D250302AUN Automatic climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Select the defrost position pressing defrost button 3 While holding the air conditioning but ton A C pressed press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The A C display blinks 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status If the battery has been discharged or dis connected it is reset to the defog logic status Features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENT D270000AHM These compartments can be used to store small items CAUTION To avoid possible theft do not leave valuables in the storage compartment e Always keep the storage com partment covers closed while driving Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover cannot close securely A WARNING Flammable materials Do not store cigarette lighters
244. on and the vehicle to go out of control e Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelera tor pedal Driving your vehicle E060203AUN Moving up a steep grade from a stand ing start To move up a steep grade from a stand ing start depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steepness of the grade and release the parking brake Depress the accelerator gradually while releasing the service brakes When accelerating from a stop on a steep hill the vehicle may have a ten dency to roll backwards Shifting the shift lever into 2 Second Gear will help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM E070100AHM Power brakes Your vehicle has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage In the event that the power assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you nor mally would The stopping distance how ever will be longer When the engine is not running the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when neces sary to maintain steering control on slip pery surfaces A WARNI
245. on or vehicle power ON position press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park posi tion When you press the ENGINE START STOP button without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP button will not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position Also the steering wheel locks when the ENGINE START STOP button is in the OFF position to protect you against theft It locks when the door is opened or when you pull out the smart key from the smart key holder If the steering wheel is not locked prop erly when you open the driver s door the warning chime will sound Try locking the steering wheel again If the problem is not solved have it checked by an author ized KIA dealer In addition if the ENGINE START STOP button is in the OFF position after the dri ver s door is opened the steering wheel will not lock and the warning chime will sound In such a situation close the door Then the steering wheel will lock and the warning chime will stop NOTICE If the steering wheel doesn t unlock properly the ENGINE START STOP button will not work Press the ENGINE START STOP button while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension ol EPEE E R Driving your vehicle CAUTION You are able to turn off the engine START RUN or vehicle power ON only when the vehicle is not in motion In an emergency situation while the vehicle is in motion yo
246. on the side of the reservoir Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification G051700AUN Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system includ ing the parking brake lever and cables G051900AUN Brake discs pads calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear discs for run out and wear and calipers for fluid leakage Maintenance ee GO051800APA Rear brake drums and linings if equipped Check the rear brake drums and linings for scoring burning leaking fluid broken parts and excessive wear G052000AUN Exhaust pipe and muffler Visually inspect the exhaust pipes muf fler and hangers for cracks deterioration or damage Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary G052100AUN Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque G052200AUN Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or damage Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts G052300AEN Power steering pump belt and hoses if equipped Check the power steering pump and hoses for leakage and damage Replace any damaged or leaking parts immedi ately Inspect the po
247. on the LCD display Also the chime sounds for 5 seconds when the smart key is not in the vehicle and the door is closed Always have the smart key with you Key is not detected If the smart key is not in the vehicle or is not detected and you press the ENGINE START STOP button the warning illumi nates on the LCD display for 10 seconds Also the immobilizer indicator and the key holder light blinks for 10 seconds Low key battery If the ENGINE START STOP button turns to the OFF position when the smart key in the vehicle discharges the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds Also the warning chime sounds once Replace the battery with a new one Press brake pedal to start engine If the ENGINE START STOP button turns to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine Press clutch pedal to start engine if equipped If the ENGINE START STOP button turns to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the clutch pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the clutch pedal to start the engine Shift to P position If you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP button w
248. ones may need to have the Bluetooth streaming enabled for example i e MenuFilemanager Music gt Option Play via Bluetooth e Please refer to User s Guide for your cellular phone for more information To cancel Bluetooth cellular phone music streaming stop music play back on the cellular phone or change the audio mode to AM FM SIRIUS CD iPod ect m Phone Setup All Bluetooth related operations can be performed in PHONE menu 1 Push the button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE item by rotating the knob then push the knob 3 Select desired item by rotating the knob then push the knob temeicoce cea Features of your vehicle e Pairing a phone Before using Bluetooth features the phone must be paired registered with the audio system Up to 5 phones can be paired with the system NOTE e The pairing procedure of the phone varies according to each phone model Before attempting to pair phone please see your phone s User s Guide for instructions e Once pairing with the phone is com pleted there is no need to pair with that phone again unless the phone is deleted manually from the audio system refer Deleting a Phone section or the vehicle s information is removed from the phone Press button to enter SETUP mode Select PHONE PHONE menu The audio displays Device passkey 0000 Search and select the device name in your mobile phone to
249. ong Rotate the knob counterclockwise to dis play the songs before the currently played song Press the button to skip and play the selected song 11 FOLDER Moving Button e Press FOLDER V button to move child folder of the current folder and dis play the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder e Press FOLDER button to move parent folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed Features of your vehicle USING USB PA710 PA715 AMAB USA K There will be no Bluetooth logo if the Bluetooth feature is not supported 1 USB Selection Button 2 TRACK Moving Button ates 3 REPEAT Selection Button 4 RANDOM Playback Button 5 SCAN Selection Button 1 gt 6 6 INFO Button 7 SEARCH Knob amp ENTER Button 8 FOLDER Moving Button a A seek CAT TRACK E FOLDER v O v Soe Features of your vehicle 1 USB Selection Button If USB is connected it switches to the USB mode from the other mode to play the song files stored in the USB If no CD and auxiliary device is not connected it displays NO Media for 3 seconds and returns to the previous mode 2 TRACK Moving Button e Press the TRACK V button for less than 0 8 second to play from the begin ning of the song currently played Press the b
250. onsibility of eon Se Ge ie Hen inerdivertolabaysanvesael the ACC position and turn the key toward the LOCK position Driving your vehicle 030202AHM ACC Accessory The steering wheel is unlocked and elec trical accessories are operative NOTICE If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position turn the key while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension E030203AUN ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started This is the normal running position after the engine is started Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge E030204APB START Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine The engine will crank until you release the key then it returns to the ON position The brake warning light can be checked in this posi tion E030205AHM Driving your vehicle STARTING THE ENGINE E040000AUN E040100AUN Starting the engine 1 2 Make sure the parking brake is applied Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while turning the ignition switch to the start position The starter will not oper ate if the clutch pedal is not fully depressed Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can al
251. ont passenger s pre tensioner seat belts The purpose of the pre tensioner is to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant s body in certain frontal collisions The pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the frontal collision is severe enough Safety features of your vehicle When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In certain frontal collisions the pre tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive seat belt tension on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner activates the load limiter inside the pre tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt if equipped aa 3 8KMB3311 The seat belt pre tensioner system con sists mainly of the following components Their locations are shown in the illustra tion 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 SRS control module Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE e Both the driver s and front passen ger s pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal collisions The pre tensioners will not be activat ed if the seat belts are not being worn at the time of the collision e When the pre tensioner seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust wh
252. ontrol ESC If equipped The Electronic Stability control ESC system is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESC applies the brakes on individual wheels and intervenes with the engine management system to stabilize the vehicle The Electronic Stability Control ESC system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse conditions It is not a substitute for safe driving practices Factors including speed road conditions and driver steering input can all affect whether ESC will be effective in preventing a loss of control It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ESC is active NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Control System is functioning properly Gee E AEN Driving your vehicle E070501AUN EU When operating E070502AUN EU ESC operation When the ESC is in operation ESC operation off ESC ON condition the ESC indicator light blinks
253. operating and illuminates when ESC fails to operate The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the but ton CAUTION Driving with varying tire or wheel sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction When replacing tires make sure they are the same size as your original tires E070504AAM EU ESC OFF usage When driving Its a good idea to keep the ESC turned on for daily driving whenever possible To turn ESC off while driving press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface NOTICE e When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer ensure that the ESC is turned off ESC OFF light illuminat ed If the ESC is left on it may pre vent the vehicle speed from increas ing and result in false diagnosis e Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or brake system operation Gee E PEENE Driving your vehicle E070600AAM Good braking practices e Check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and the parking brake indicator light is out before driving away e Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the vehicle is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times If the braking
254. or surfaces of the vehicle Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint After refueling make sure the fuel cap is installed securely to pre vent fuel spillage in the event of an accident Features of your vehicle SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED NOTICE NOTICE e In cold and wet climates the sunroof The sunroof cannot slide when it is in may not work properly due to freez the tilt position nor can it be tilted while ing conditions in an open or slide position e After the vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it A CAUTION Do not continue to move the sun OAM049018 roof control lever after the sunroof D110000AHM EE is fully opened closed or tilted If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof Damage to the motor or system you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the Components could occur sunroof control lever located on the over head console The sunroof can only be opened closed or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position Features of your vehicle OAM049019 D110100AHM Sliding the sunroof To open or close the sunroof manual slide feature pull or push the sunroof control lever backward or forward to the first detent position Pulling the control lever downward also closes the sunroof To open the sunroof automatically Pull the sunroof control lever backward to the second detent
255. ositive sym bol faces up as indicated in the illus tration 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal For transmitter replacement see an authorized KIA dealer to reprogram the transmitter CAUTION The keyless entry system trans mitter is designed to give you years of trouble free use howev er it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use your transmitter or replace the battery contact an authorized KIA dealer Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter to malfunc tion Be sure to use the correct battery To avoid damaging the transmit ter don t drop it get it wet or expose it to heat or sunlight CAUTION An inappropriately disposed bat tery can be harmful to the environ ment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation Features of your vehicle SMART KEY IF EQUIPPED Type A OAM040230 Type B OXM049001L With a smart key you can lock or unlock a door and tailgate and even start the engine without inserting the key The functions of the buttons on a smart key are similar to the remote keyless entry D020101AUN EE Lock 1 All doors are locked if the lock button is pressed If all doors are closed the hazard warn ing lights blink once to indicate that all doors are locked However if any door remains open the hazard warning lights will not bli
256. ot supported 1 SATELLITE RADIO Selection Button 2 Channel Selection Button J 3 SCAN Button 4 INFO Button 5 TUNE Knob and ENTER Button DAA o 6 CAT FOLDER Button 7 Preset Selection Button 1 r D O Features of your vehicle How to Use SIRIUS Satellite Radio Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3 month complimentary period of SIRIUS Satellite Radio so you have access to over 130 channels of music information and entertainment programming Activation In order to extend or reactivate your sub scription to SIRIUS Satellite Radio you will need to contact SIRIUS Customer Care at 888 539 7474 Have your 12 digit SID Sirius Identification Number ESN Electronic Serial Number ready To retrieve the SID ESN turn on the radio press the SAT button and tune to chan nel zero Please note that the vehicle will need to be turned on in Sirius mode and have an unobstructed view of the sky in order for the radio to receive the activa tion signal 1 SATELLITE RADIO Selection Button SIRIUS Satellite Radio Press the SAT button to switch to SIR IUS Satellite Radio It cycles through the different bands as noted below SAT1 SAT2 SAT3 SAT1 gt 2 Channel Selection Button e Press TRACK V or SEEK A but ton for less than 0 8 second to select previous or next channel e Press TRACK V or SEEK A but ton for 0 8 or longer to co
257. ove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the glass or the motor could be dam aged The sunroof is made to slide together with the sunshade Do not leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is opened e While using sunroof for a long time a dust between sunroof and roof panel can make a noise Open the sunroof and remove reg ularly the dust using clean cloth OBK049019 D110300AEN Sunshade The sunshade will automatically open with the glass panel when the glass panel is moved Close it manually if you want it closed EPE EE APNE Features of your vehicle D110500AAM EE 5 Push the sunroof control lever upward Resetting the sunroof for about 6 seconds until the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is discon operates as follows nected or discharged you must reset your sunroof system as follows TILT DOWN gt SLIDE OPEN gt SLIDE CLOSED 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Then release the lever 2 According to the position of the sun roof do the following When this is complete the sunroof sys 1 In case the sunroof is closed com tem has been reset pletely or tilted Push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof tilts com pletely upward 2 In case the sunroof is open Push the sunroof control lever for ward until the sunroof closes com
258. ows 1 Crankcase emission control system 2 Evaporative emission control system 3 Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is rec ommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an author ized KIA dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test With Electronic Stability Control ESC system To prevent the vehicle from misfir ing during dynamometer testing turn the Electronic Stability Control ESC system off by pressing the ESC switch After dynamometer testing is com pleted turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again G270100AUN 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation sys tem is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system G270200AUN 2 Evaporative emission control including ORVR Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmos phere The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling
259. pections that should be performed by i the owner or an authorized KIA dealer at wnen fan stop Tor fuel the frequencies indicated to help ensure Check the engine oil level safe dependable operation of your vehi Check the coolant level in the coolant cle reservoir Any adverse conditions should be Check the windshield washer fluid brought to the attention of your dealer as level soon as possible e Look for low or under inflated tires These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor parts and lubricants used Maintenance O_O G030102AAM While operating your vehicle e Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle e Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel or change in its straight ahead position e Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when trav eling on smooth level road e When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal e If any slipping or changes in the oper ation of your transaxle occurs check the transaxle fluid level e Check the automatic transaxle P Park function e Check the parking brake e Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air condition ing system du
260. peration or inadver tent activation and serious injury Always wear the seat belts when driving or riding in a motor vehi cle e If the vehicle or pre tensioner seat belt must be discarded con tact an authorized KIA dealer C020300AUN EU Seat belt precautions A WARNING All occupants of the vehicle must wear their seat belts at all times Seat belts and child restraints reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries for all occupants in the event of a collision or sudden stop Without a seat belt occupants could be shifted too close to a deploying air bag strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle Properly worn seat belts greatly reduce these hazards Even with advanced air bags unbelted occupants can be severe ly injured by a deploying air bag Always follow the precautions about seat belts air bags and occu pant seating contained in this man ual C020306AUN Infant or small child You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat For more information about the use of these restraints refer to Child restraint sys tem in this section A WARNING Every person in your vehicle needs to be properly restrained at all times including infants and chil dren Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehi cle The violent forces created dur ing a crash
261. r Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized KIA dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section A WARNING Used engine oil may cause skin irri tation or cancer if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time Used engine oil contains chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory animals Always pro tect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil ENGINE COOLANT GO070000AHM The high pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant The reservoir is filled at the fac tory Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder climate G070100AHM Checking the coolant level A WARNING Removing radiator cap Never attempt to remove the radi ator cap while the engine is oper ating or hot Doing so might lead to cooling system and engine damage Also hot coolant or steam could cause serious per sonal injury Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system Continued Continued When you are sure all the pres sure has been released pre
262. r unforeseen circumstances when there are problems with the reception of SIR IUS satellite radio signal Using a cellular phone or a two way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio equipment This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment In such a case use the cellu lar phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equipment CAUTION When using a communication sys tem such a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle a separate external antenna must be fitted When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone it may interfere with the vehi cle s electrical system and adverse ly affect safe operation of the vehi cle Features of your vehicle Care of discs e If the temperature inside the vehicle is too high open the vehicle windows for ventilation before using your vehicle audio e It is illegal to copy and use MP3 WMA files without permission Use CDs that are created only by lawful means e Do not apply volatile agents such as benzene and thinner normal cleaners and magnetic sprays made for ana logue disc onto CDs e To prevent the disc surface from get ting damaged Hold and carry CDs by the edges or the edges of the center hole only e Clean the disc surface with a piece of soft cloth before playback wipe it from the center to the outside edge e Do not damage the disc surface or a
263. r Clothes hanger if equipped e Close the cover when not in use if equipped e Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference A CAUTION when plugged into a vehicle s A CAUTION Do not hang heavy clothes the power outlet These devices may Do not hang a bag weighing more hook may be damaged cause excessive audio static and than 3 kg 7 Ibs It may cause dam malfunctions in other electronic age to the shopping bag holder The actual feature may differ from the systems or devices used in your illustration vehicle Features of your vehicle A WARNING The following must be observed when installing ANY floormat to the vehicle Ensure that the floormats are securely attached to the vehicle s floormat anchor s before driving the vehicle e Do not use ANY floormat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle s floormat anchors EE OXM049228 Do not stack floormats on top of a OAM049094 Floor mat anchor s if equipped one another e g all weather rub 2281000AHM When using a floor mat on the front floor ber mat on top of a carpeted Luggage net holder if equipped carpet make sure it attaches to the floor floormat Only a single floormat To keep items from shifting in the cargo mat anchor s in your vehicle This keeps should be installed in each posi area you can use the holders located in the floor mat from sliding forward tion the cargo area to attach the luggage net IMPORT
264. r any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system l l Normal Blown OBK079042 G210000AAM A vehicle s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses Maintenance OAM079020 G210100AAM Inner panel fuse replacement 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Open the fuse panel cover PPCPEPL rr a wil al a7 vil OAM079047 3 Pull the suspected fuse straight out Use the removal tool provided on the fuse panel cover 4 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown Spare fuses are provided in the instru ment panel fuse panel or in the engine compartment fuse panel 5 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized KIA dealer If you do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle such as the cigarette lighter fuse If the headlights or other electrical com ponents do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse panel in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced Maintenance OAM079022 G210101AHM C1 Memory fuse Your vehicle is equipped with a memory fuse to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged periods Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for p
265. r by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture G200400AUN Tire rotation To equalize tread wear it is recom mended that the tires be rotated every 12 000 km 7 500 miles or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the tires for correct balance When rotating tires check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres sure improper wheel alignment out of balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 Maintenance Without a spare tire aS a SBS S2BLA790A Directional tires if equipped e amp e E5 CBGQ0707A Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated NOTICE Rotate radial tires that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left G200500AUN Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the f
266. r or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer sys tem to malfunction and should only be serviced by an authorized KIA dealer Malfunctions caused by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the immobilizer system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty Features of your vehicle This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation D010301AUN EC Limp home override procedure When you turn the ignition switch to the ON position if the immobilizer indicator goes off after blinking 5 times your transponder equipped in the ignition key is out of order You cannot start the engine without the lime home procedure To start the engine you have to input your password by using the ignition switch The following procedure is how to input your password of 2345 as an example 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion The immobilizer indicator will blink 5 times and go off indicating the beginning of the limp home proce dure 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position 3 To enter the first digit in this example 2 turn the ignition switch to the ON and ACC position twice Perform the same procedu
267. r power windows to operate Each door has a power window switch that controls the door s window The driv er has a power window lock button which can block the operation of passenger windows The power windows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the front doors are opened the power windows cannot be operated even within the 30 second period NOTICE While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof if equipped in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the fol lowing actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximately one inch If you experi ence the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening OAM049013 D080101AUN Window opening and closing The drivers door has a master power window switch that controls all the win dows in the vehicle To open or close a window press down or pull up the front portion of the corre sponding switch to the first detent posi tion 5 OAM049012 D080102AAM Auto down window if equipped Driver s window Pressing the power window switch momentarily to the second detent posi tion 6 completely lowers the driver s window even when the
268. r the turn signals to function To turn on the turn signals move the lever up or down A The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn sig nal is operating They will self cancel after a turn is completed If the indicator continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position To signal a lane change move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position B The lever will return to the OFF posi tion when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit OAM049046N D190700AAM EU Front fog light if equipped Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog rain or snow etc The fog lights will turn on when the fog light switch 1 is turned to the on position after the headlight is turned on To turn off the fog lights turn the fog light switch 1 to the OFF position CAUTION When in operation the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor Features of your vehicle D190900AUN EU Daytime running light Daytime Running Lights DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle dur
269. rated in this manner E090400AUN To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator OAM059014L E090500AAM EU To cancel cruise control do one of the following e Press the brake pedal e Press the clutch pedal with a manual transaxle e Shift into N Neutral with an automatic transaxle e Push the CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 20 km h 12 mph e Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 40 km h 25 mph Driving your vehicle Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation the SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume cruise control operation push the RES switch located on your steer ing wheel You will return to your previ ously preset speed OAM059011L E090600AAM EU To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 40 km h 25 mph If any method other than the CRUISE ON OFF switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when the RES switch is pushed It will not resume however
270. rating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components OAM049004 To lock a door without the key push the inside door lock button 1 or central door lock switch 2 to the Lock posi tion and close the door 3 e If you lock the door with the central door lock switch 2 all vehicle doors will lock automatically NOTICE Always remove the ignition key firmly engage the parking brake close all win dows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended Features of your vehicle If the inner door handle of the driver s or front passenger s door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position the button will unlock and the door will open if equipped e Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch and any front door is opened 4 OAM049005 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle D050201 AHM EU With the door lock button e To unlock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Unlock position The red mark 2 on the button will be visi ble e To lock a door push the door lock but ton 1 to the Lock position If the door is locked properly the red mark 2 on the door lock button will not be visible e To open a door pull the door handle 3 outward Features of your vehicle Passenger s door Driver s door ps OAM049006 OHM048010 D050202AAM EU With centr
271. re for the next digits between 3 seconds and 10 seconds for example for 3 turn the ignition ON and ACC 3 times 4 If all of the digits have been input suc cessfully you have to start the engine within 30 seconds If you attempt to start the engine after 30 seconds the engine will not start and you will have to input your password again After performing the limp home proce dure you have to see an authorized KIA dealer immediately to inspect and repair your ignition key or immobilizer system Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY IF EQUIPPED Type A 1 2 OAM049001A Type B Type C OAM049097L OAM041097L Remote keyless entry system operations D020101AAM EU Lock 1 All doors and tailgate are locked if the lock button is pressed If all doors and tailgate are closed the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors and tailgate are locked However if any door or tailgate remains open the hazard warning lights will not operate But if all doors and tailgate are closed after the lock button is pressed the hazard warning lights will blink once D020102BHM EU Unlock 2 The driver s door is unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked All doors and tailgate are unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds The hazard warning
272. ressing the accelerator Even if the smart key is in the vehicle if it is far away from you the engine may not start When the ENGINE START STOP but ton is in the ACC position or above if any door is opened the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the Str indicator will blink or the warning Key is not in vehi cle will illuminate on the LCD display And if all doors are closed the chime will sound for 5 seconds The indicator or warning will turn off while the vehicle is moving Always have the smart key with you CAUTION If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park posi tion If the traffic and road condi tions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and press the ENGINE START STOP bution in an attempt to restart the engine NOTICE e If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly you can start the engine by inserting the smart key in the smart key holder When you pull out the smart key from the smart key holder press the smart key and pull it out e When the stop lamp fuse is blown you can t start the engine normally Replace the fuse with a new one If it is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for 10 seconds while it is in the ACC position The engine can start without
273. riOr OVELVICW cerrreeeteceeeeteeteeeeeeeeeneeececeeeseeeeeaneeeeeaeeeseeees 9 2 Interlock SYSUOM serseeeeseeseseeeseeeeseeseseeeeseteteeteteeteteeseteeseeens 5 19 Index RR J Jack and LOOMS eene Ener e EEEE ee EEK e R E E 6 17 Jump starting ee issos jsdsai eds pgtspisssni adenin insis Esnas 6 4 K Key positions eeeeteeereeteeeertteeresreeesessteessssreesseseeessnrreesnne 5 4 KEYS vsessssssseesessesseesessesssseessessesessesssneensesesceseeseasesessessesennes 4 2 Immobilizer system ertteeeertteeeestteeesseeessssssesserreessne 4 3 L Label Air bag warning label eetteeereteeeessteeeeseeeessssseessssteens 3 59 Certification label ss sssssssessscessscsscseeeecsssvseeeesees 5 48 Tire and loading information label 5 5 46 Tire sidewall labeling ssssessesssessesseseeseeseeseees 7 36 Tire specification and pressure label 1 8 7 Vehicle certification label 1 sssesecereeesseeeseeseeeeeeees 8 6 Latch system see lower anchor system oeeerererereene 3 31 Lighting sssessessssessesessssssseseesnensensenseeestsneensenseeesensees 4 58 Battery SAVE function lt ereereceet eee eeeeeeeteeeeeeeneeeeneeeeeeenee 4 58 Low tire pressure telltale sssssseeeeeeseees 6 8 6 13 Lower anchor system sssssssssssssssssssssssseseeseeneessseeseesens 3 31 Lubricants and capacities sssesesesessesseeetseeeeesees 8 4 Luggage net holder
274. ring or after use is nor mal G030103AHM At least monthly e Check the coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir e Check the operation of all exterior lights including the stoplights turn sig nals and hazard warning flashers e Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare G030104AHM At least twice a year i e every Spring and Fall e Check the radiator heater and air con ditioning hoses for leaks or damage e Check the windshield washer spray and wiper operation Clean the wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid e Check the headlight alignment e Check the muffler exhaust pipes shields and clamps e Check the lap shoulder belts for wear and function e Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts G030105AHM C1 At least once a year e Clean the body and door drain holes e Lubricate the door hinges and checks and hood hinges e Lubricate the door and hood locks and latches e Lubricate the door rubber weather strips e Check the air conditioning system e Check the power steering fluid level e Inspect and lubricate the automatic transaxle linkage and controls e Clean the battery and terminals e Check the brake clutch fluid level Maintenance o a eee MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE G040100AAM EC Engine control system MAINTENANCE Kilometers or time in months whichever comes first INTERVALS x 1
275. river s seat belt is disconnected after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the seat belt warning light and chime will operate for approximately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light and chime will turn off immediately If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km h 6 mph the seat belt warning light and chime will operate for approximately 11 times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and 24 seconds off until the belt is fastened or the vehicle speed decreases below 5 km h 3 mph B180A01NF 1 C020102AAM EU Seat belt Driver s 3 point system with emergency locking retractor To fasten your seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt por tion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean for ward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact however the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE If you are not able to smoothly pull enough of the seat belt from the retrac tor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you will be able to pull the be
276. rolonged periods 1 Turn off the engine 2 Turn off the headlights and tail lights 3 Open the driver s side panel cover and pull out the memory fuse NOTICE e If the memory fuse is pulled out from the fuse panel the warning chime audio clock and interior lamps etc will not operate Some items must be reset after replacement Refer to Battery in this section e Even when the memory fuse is pulled out the battery can still be discharged by operation of the headlights or other electrical devices G210200AHM Engine compartment fuse replacement 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling the cover up Maintenance 3 Check the removed fuse replace it if it NOTICE is blown To remove or insert the fuse If the multi fuse is blown consult an use the fuse puller in the engine com authorized KIA dealer partment fuse panel 4 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized KIA dealer CAUTION After checking the fuse panel in the J engine compartment securely l i OAMO079025 install the fuse panel cover If not G210201AAM electrical failures may occur from Multi fuse water contact If the multi fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Turn off the engine 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the fuse panel on
277. rom radial to bias ply tires Continued Continued Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics and poor vehi cle control resulting in a seri ous accident Wheels that do not meet KIA s specifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels The tire size affects wheel speed When replacing tires all 4 tires must use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a differ ent size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESC Electronic Stability Control to work irregularly Maintenance ee G200601 AUN Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mount ing a regular size tire G200700BHM EC Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset
278. rough puddles try to drive through them slowly e If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly while driving until normal braking oper ation returns E110600AUN Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no high er than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected After driving through water dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly o1 EPE EE E Driving your vehicle E110700AHM Highway driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire fail ure NOTICE Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires Fuel engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring Do not forget to check both the engine coolant and engine oil Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING E120000ASA Severe weather conditions in the winter result in greater wear and other prob lems To minimize the problems of winter driving you should follow these sugges tions E120100AUN EC Snowy or i
279. rranty OEN040002K K The actual feature may differ from the illus tration Resirictions in handling keys When leaving keys with parking lot and valet attendants the following proce dures will ensure that your vehicle s glove box compartment can not be opened in your absence 1 Press and hold the release button 1 and remove the mechanical key 2 2 Close and then lock the glove box using the mechanical key 3 Leave the smart key with the atten dant The glove box can not be opened without the mechanical key Features of your vehicle Type A OEN040208 Type B OSL040005 Battery replacement A smart key battery should last for sever al years but if the smart key is not work ing properly try replacing the battery with a new one If you are unsure how to use your smart key or replace the battery contact an authorized KIA dealer NOTICE The circuit inside the smart key can have a problem if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use your smart key or replace the battery contact an authorized KIA deal er 1 Pry open the rear cover of the smart key 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery positive sym bol faces down as indicated in the illustration 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal NOTICE Using the wrong battery can cause the smart key to malfunct
280. rvoir 0 7 18 A Ani Gl OANCM ecto pees seee essere nese ee 7 23 DS AEUSC BOX ete aes vie tress 7 43 6 Negative Battery Terminal 6 4 7 27 7 Positive Battery Terminal 6 4 7 27 Bk FRECTEWO C721 nroonesenosnoncennamencacand 6 6 7 17 SR ENGine Oil PStickeemeee esses rsre t 7 14 10 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir 7 22 11 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir 7 19 if equipped The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OAM019003N BO30000AUN C1 Seats 3 2 Seat belts 3 12 Child restraint system 3 25 Air bag advanced supplemental restraint system 3 33 Safety features of your vehicle Bo Safety features of your vehicle SEATS Front seat 1 Forward and backward 2 Seatback angle 3 Seat cushion height Driver s seat 4 Seat warmer 5 Headrest 6 Armrest Driver s seat rte a Py ms te Rear seats 7 Folding the seatback Narre 8 Headrest if equipped OAM039001 C010000AAM EC Safety features of your vehicle A WARNING Loose objects Loose objects in the driver s foot area could interfere with the opera tion of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident Do not place anything under the front seats A WARNING Uprighting seat When you return the seatback to its upright position hold the seatback and return it slowly and be sure there are no other occupants around t
281. s Features of your vehicle 6 CAT FOLDER Button e Press CAT or FOLDER V button to enter the Category List Mode it dis plays category items and highlights the category that currently tuned channel belongs to e On Category List Mode press these buttons to navigate category list e Press ENTER button to select the low est channel in highlighted category If channel is selected by selecting cate gory CATEGORY Icon is displayed at the top of the screen 7 Preset Selection Button e Push 1 6 buttons less than 0 8 sec ond to play the channel saved in each button e Hold down the PRESET button for 0 8 second or longer to save current chan nel An audible beep will play to confirm the preset is stored Troubleshooting 1 Antenna Error If this message is displayed the anten na or antenna cable is broken or unplugged Please consult with your Kia dealership 2 Acquiring Signal If this message is displayed it means that the antenna is covered and that the SIRIUS Satellite Radio signal is not available Ensure the antenna is uncovered and has a clear view of the sky Features of your vehicle BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION if equipped 1 KAR button Raises or lowers speak er volume 2 Mute the microphone during a call 3 button Activates voice recognition 4 button Places and transfers calls 5 J button Ends calls or cancels func tions m What is Bluetooth
282. s not endorse nor will it support any changes to any part or structure of the vehicle that could affect the advanced air bag system including the occupant detection system Specifically the front passenger seat dashboard or door should not be replaced except by an author ized KIA dealer using original KIA parts designed for this vehicle and model Any other such replacement or modification could adversely affect the operation of the occupant detection system and your advanced air bags For the same reason do not attach anything to the seat dashboard or door even temporarily If the system is adversely affected it could cause severe personal injuries or death in a collision NOTICE Be sure to read information about the SRS on the labels provided on the sun visor Advanced air bags are combined with pre tensioner seat belts to help provide enhanced occupant protection in frontal crashes Front air bags are not intended to deploy in collisions in which sufficient protection can be pro vided by the pre tensioner seat belt A WARNING Always use seat belts and child restraints every trip every time everyone Air bags inflate with con siderable force and in the blink of an eye Seat belts help keep occu pants in proper position to obtain maximum benefit from the air bag Even with advanced air bags improperly and unbelted occupants can be severely injured when the air bag inflates Always follow the
283. s after pressing the button it will return to the play mode After entering SETUP mode move between items using the left right and PUSH functions of the TUNE knob mPA710 AMAB is an internal AMP MODEL with Bluetooth feature The setup changes in the order of CLOCK SAT SCROLL PBASS gt RETURN e TEMP lt gt PHONE e SDVC gt CLOCK m PA710 AMA is an internal AMP MODEL without Bluetooth feature The setup changes in the order of CLOCK SAT SCROLL PBASS lt TEMP SDVC CLOCK mPA715 AMAB is an external AMP MODEL with Bluetooth feature The setup changes in the order of CLOCK SAT SCROLL TEMP e PHONE SDVC CLOCK m PA715 AMA is an external AMP MODEL without Bluetooth feature The setup changes in the order of CLOCK SAT SCROLL RETURN lt TEMP SDVC CLOCK Features of your vehicle e Adjusting the Clock Press the SETUP button Use the vol ume controller to adjust the clock in the following order CLOCK ENTER hour or minute Adjust the hour and press the ENTER button to set Use the same method to adjust the minute and press the ENTER button to complete and exit from clock adjustment mode Pressing the SETUP button while in POWER OFF screen will allow the user to make immediately adjustments to the clock e SCROLL This function is used to display charac ters longer than the LCD text display and can be turned ON OFF through the vol
284. s provided in these WARNINGS CAUTIONS and NOTICES CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or help ful information is being provided Introduction FUEL REQUIREMENTS A020101AHM EU Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having a pump octane number R M 2 of 87 Research Octane Number 91 or higher Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL as well as minimize exhaust emis sions and spark plug fouling CAUTION Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified Consult an authorized KIA dealer for details A020103AUN EU Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of gasoline and ethanol also known as grain alcohol and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol also known as wood alcohol are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline Do not use gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol Either of these fuels may cause drivability prob lems and damage to the fuel system Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the manufactur ers warranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasohol
285. s vehicle weight rating eeeeeeeeeeee 5 50 Vehicle curb weight pied e E E TTT 5 50 Wheel alignment and tire balance eeseeeseeeeeereeee eens 7 33 Wheel replacement PEPPAR ped seeeemainessemececdesen see TE OE T O 7 35 Windows s sesissibiesessedetivedavesensecshessahsopuscapsbevsdecnseonebanvioends 4 19 Auto GOWN window a ees teier enn eo Ee 4 20 Power window lock button rereseseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeees 4 21 Windshield defrosting and defogging sess 4 84 Defogging logic APINE NEI ARANE ORREN AAE ESRA TIAE 4 86
286. se raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground This measurement is approximately 30 mm 1 in Before removing the wheel lug nuts make sure the vehicle is sta ble and that there is no chance for movement or slippage 9 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tire line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can slide over the other studs What to do in an emergency 10 To install the wheel hold it on the studs put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten them finger tight Jiggle the tire to be sure it is completely seated then tighten the nuts as much as possible with your fingers again 11 Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise OUN047019 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench han dle Go around the wheel tightening every nut following the numerical sequence shown in the image until they are all tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing wheels have an aut
287. shoulder belt latch into the buckle Listen for the distinct click sound Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency Safety features of your vehicle OEN036103 4 Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible clicking or ratcheting sound This indicates that the retractor is in the Automatic Locking mode If no distinct sound is heard repeat steps 3 and 4 OEN036104 5 Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor 6 Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place If it is not release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6 7 Double check that the retractor is in the Automatic Locking mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot the retractor is in the Automatic Locking mode To remove the child restraint press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract When the seat belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position the retractor will automatically switch from the Automatic Locking mode to the emergency locking mode for nor mal adult usage temeegocesed Safety features of your vehicl
288. so start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position 3 Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key In extremely cold weather below 18 C O F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depress ing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator CAUTION If the engine stalls while you are in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park position If traffic and road conditions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine CAUTION Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 5 to 10 seconds before re engaging the starter Improper use of the starter may damage it Driving your vehicle ENGINE START STOP BUTTON IF EQUIPPED Vj OAM050021 IIluminated ENGINE START STOP button Whenever the front door is opened the ENGINE START STOP button will illumi nate for your convenience The light will go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed ENGINE START STOP button position OFF Not illuminated e With automatic transaxle To turn off the engine START RUN posi ti
289. ss down on the cap using a thick towel and continue turning coun terclockwise to remove it e Even if the engine is not operat ing do not remove the radiator cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot Hot coolant and steam may still blow out under pressure causing seri ous injury A WARNING The electric motor cooling fan is controlled by engine coolant tem perature refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed It may sometimes operate even when the engine is not running Use extreme caution when working near the blades of the cooling fan so that you are not injured by a rotating fan blades As the engine coolant temperature decreases the electric motor will automatically shut off This is a nor mal condition Maintenance Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses Replace any swollen or deterio rated hoses The coolant level should be filled between F and L marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If the coolant level is low add enough specified coolant to provide protection against freezing and corrosion Bring the level to F but do not overfill If frequent additions are required see an authorized KIA dealer for a cooling system inspec tion G070101AHM Recommended engine coolant e Use only soft distilled water in the coolant mixture e The engine in your vehicle has alu minum engine parts and mus
290. sssssesseesesenenaes 7 19 Washer fiid eener eeens oninia reoi arat eot 7 22 Folding the rear seat s ssessssssssssessessesenestsssssseseeseees 3 9 Front seat adjustment manual 2 10 sees receeceseeereesvesveceseesees 3 4 Bijele Vid oe ease a ein a e E 4 24 4 Fuel gAUQCttetetrterertertrttrtretrtettreeteneerttnernrnrnntetnteneneenen 4 40 Fuel requirements scebasiesescrssebessistonssdessessossdancsdesescadiesssessand 1 3 n AAE EDA EEEE E ET E 7 46 Fuse relay panel description EE E A E EATE 7 47 Memory a E ET 7 45 E T A nee pasatinetenannenntesteaannandatensataniiteneel 7 46 G Gauge Engine temperature ga aUgeeeeeeerereeeerereetrereereeren 4 39 Fuel SAUL versereresceeeeeteteeeeetetettetseteteenaeteeteeeteneeeeteey 4 40 GOVE DOK tetssssectssccsss cssssccsensssnsicssctessssssecssarsissasssiecaca sees 4 87 H Hazard warning flashers lt tesssiessesesssconecenisseoeessnsotngens 4 57 Hazardous driving Conditions eetere 5 38 H aadr st is sedst ct erioet eperen EEE ireen 3 5 3 11 Highway ciyimpis Hessians sd veieien ai siien nares ss 5 42 POG secesss sto E A E tates apices tea dyetesbe es 4 22 Hott sseeeeses tvctesistcesceve E nee 4 32 How to use this manual ee eeseescesesreeseseeseeeeeseeseceeeeceaeeeeeees 1 2 Ignition key interlock system cece eee e cence nee e eee eeenneeeeneenenenes 5 19 Immobilizer system Dente nee e eee eee eee eee ee nee seen ee enone ee seen eee eee ee neeS 4 3 Indica
291. ster e During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preserva tive If necessary coat the parts with non corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound PEPE ANE esac Maintenance ee G230105ASA Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may col lect on the underbody If these materials are not removed accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of the doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rusting G230106AAM Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish e Do not use any abrasive cleaner pol ishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum wheels They may scratch or damage the finish e Use only mild soap or neutral deter gent and rinse thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the whee
292. t The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision A WARNING For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the center of gravity of most peo ple s head is similar with the height as the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this reason the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended e Do not operate the vehicle with the headresis removed Severe injury to an occupant may occur in the event of an accident Headrests may provide protec tion against severe neck injuries when properly adjusted Safety features of your vehicle SEAT BELTS C020100AHM Seat belt restraint system OUN026043 OUN028044 Adjusting the height up and down Removal and installation To raise the headrest pull it up to the To remove the headrest raise it as far as desired position 1 To lower the head it can go then press the release button rest push and hold the release button 2 1 while pulling the headrest up 2 on the headrest support and lower the To reinstall the headrest put the head headrest to the desired position 3 rest poles 3 into the holes while pessing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate he
293. t Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing Use a good quality liquid or paste wax and follow the manufacturer s instructions Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster Removing oil tar and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish Be sure to re wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing CAUTION Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the pro tective coating and cause discol oration or paint deterioration Maintenance G230103AUN Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense NOTICE If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced G230104AUN Bright metal maintenance To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other sharp object e To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high lu
294. t be pro tected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion and freez ing e DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant e Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 35 antifreeze which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution For mixture percentage refer to the fol lowing table Mixture Percentage volume Ambient Temperature Antifreeze Water 15 C 5 F 35 65 25 13 F 40 60 35 C 31 F 50 50 45 C 49 F 60 40 Maintenance G070200AHM Changing the coolant Have the coolant changed by an author ized KIA dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section CAUTION Put a thick cloth around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from OAM079006 overflowing into engine parts such as the alternator Maintenance BRAKE CLUTCH IF EQUIPPED FLUID If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a normal condition asso ciated with the wear of the brake linings and or clutch disc if equipped If the fluid level is excessively low have the brake clutch system checked by an authorized KIA dealer Use only the specified brake clutch fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants and capacities in section 8 OAM079007 G080100AAM Never mix
295. te control system D250201AUN To defog inside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the desired posi tion 2 Select desired temperature 3 Press the defrost button 7 4 The air conditioning will be turned on according to the detected ambient temperature outside fresh air posi tion and higher fan speed will be selected automatically If the air conditioning outside fresh air position and higher fan speed are not selected automatically adjust the corre sponding button or knob manually If the 7 position is selected lower fan speed is controlled to higher fan speed OAM040211 D250202AFD To defrost outside windshield 1 Set fan speed to the highest position 2 Set temperature to the extreme hot HI position 3 Press the defrost button 7 4 The air conditioning will be turned on according to the detected ambient temperature and outside fresh air position will be selected automatically If the 7 position is selected lower fan speed is controlled to higher fan speed Features of your vehicle D250300AUN U1 Defogging logic To reduce the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield the air intake or air conditioning are controlled auto matically according to certain conditions such as or W position To cancel or return to the defogging logic do the fol lowing OAM040212 D250301AUN Manual climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi ti
296. te for the conditions especially on the highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption Don t ride the brake pedal This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these components In addition driving with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious consequences e Take care of your tires Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnecessary tire wear Check the tire pressures at least once a month e Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor align ment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption Keep your vehicle in good condition For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs maintain your vehi cle in accordance with the mainte nance schedule in section 7 If you drive your vehicle in severe conditions more frequent maintenance is required see section 7 for details Keep your vehicle clean For maximum service your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the vehicle This extra weight can result in increased fuel consumption and als
297. tem AOA E hun Seles E babes T T N 5222 Anti lock brake system ABS eerren 5 25 Electronic stability control ESC ereerereeeeeeeee 5 27 Parking prake wees sins aves oes priserne iane eas riesaa seget Dengi 52293 Power Drakes vesssesseereeceeeeeeteeceeeeeeceeceseceeeeeeseeceeeeeesseees 5 272 Brake clutch flyid eiierscsesssrissssscscierroissioessenisicosssscssess 7 18 Bulb Wattage cciatininrstioniniiaeeniocnnien 8 2 C Capacities Lubricants e eeereerererererrerererrereerereereneeren 8 4 Care EXteriOLr care cenone e an nee eE Oae EEN aR EE EEan F252 Interior CALE lt eeeeesette eee eeceeeeeeceeceeeeeeeseceeeceeeeeetseceeeeeeeteees 7 51 TPE Gare cis sees ensshensttendt secrets ccvercdne ects ccencecsseveemsdsteests 7 30 Cargo Capacity eeeeeeeeeterreteettterteertertierttertrerteerrerreertet 5 46 Cargo weight ERPE ANAAL AEO A E EE AN E 5 50 Center console SLOTAQE eeeeeeeteetereetereerereterirterirrererrerentet 4 87 Central door lock Swit Chrecs sseeeeeeecereeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 4 15 Certification label ssesseeeeesseeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaneeseessnenes 5 48 Changing a tire With TPMS ssssssesssseesessesseeseesenees 6 7 Changing HIKE Gest iitecteccsbedstspadstcsd Seadsersecessdencectaseteaniesecone ss 6 18 Checking tire inflation PLCSSULC seseeseeesesesesesesesesenenees 7 31 Child restraint SYS EM serseseeceseeeeeesesseeteeseeeeneeeseteeseeeeees 3 25 Auto lock mode Passenger seat belt eteten 3 28
298. tes However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the light stays on continuously A a Ga a yaa da Se es a Features of your vehicle 2 DOOR The light comes on when any door or tailgate is opened regardless of the igni tion switch position When doors are unlocked by the transmitter or the key is removed from the ignition switch the light comes on for approximately 30 sec onds as long as any door is not opened The light goes out gradually after approx imately 30 seconds if the door is closed However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the light will turn off OAM049053 immediately If a door is opened with the Type B ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK posi tion the light stays on for about 20 min utes However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the light stays on continuously The light will turn on and off according to the switch position 1 OFF The light stays off at all times 3 ON The light stays on at all times Features of your vehicle DEFROSTER D220000AUN CAUTION To prevent damage to the conduc tors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window NOTICE If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield refer to Windshield defrosting and defogging in this sec tion OAM049056 D220100AEN Rear windo
299. the ground prior to refueling Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling has begun contact with the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete Continued Continued Use only approved portable plas tic fuel containers designed to carry and store gasoline Do not use cellular phones while refueling Electric current and or electronic interference from cel lular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a fire When refueling always shut the engine off Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling is complete check to make sure the filler cap and filler door are securely closed before starting the engine e DO NOT use matches or a lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station especially during refueling Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can when ignited result in fire Continued Features of your vehicle CAUTION Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the Fuel require ments suggested in section 1 If the fuel filler cap requires replacement use only a genuine KIA cap or the equivalent speci fied for your vehicle An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a seri ous malfunction of the fuel sys tem or emission control system e Do not spill fuel on the exteri
300. the effectiveness of the wind shield wipers Common sources of con tamination are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commer cial car washes If the blades are not wip ing properly clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them G180200AUN Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade quately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components do not attempt to move the wipers manual ly CAUTION The use of a non specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunc tion and failure Maintenance 1LDA5023 1JBA7037 1JBA7038 G180201AUN 2 Compress the clip and slide the blade 4 Install the blade assembly in the Front windshield wiper blade assembly downward reverse order of removal 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper _ 3 Lift it off the arm blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip CAUTION Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield since it may chip or crack the windshield Maintenance OHM078062 OED076041 G180202AAM 2 Install the new blade assembly by Rear window wiper blade inserting the center part into the slot in 1 Raise the wiper arm and pull out the the
301. the total dis tance the vehicle has been driven You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed Type A E 234Se mn OAM0401 11 Trip 123 6km OAM040271 Tripmeter km or mi This mode indicates the distance of indi vidual trips selected since the last trip meter reset The meter s working range is from 0 0 to 9999 9 km 0 0 to 9999 9 miles Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the tripmeter is being dis played clears the tripmeter to zero 0 0 Type A m a 36 OAM040112L Type B eB 369km OAM040272 Distance to empty km or mi This mode indicates the estimated dis tance to empty based on the current fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine When the remaining distance is below 50 km 30 miles will be displayed and the dis tance to empty indicator will blink The meter s working range is from 50 to 1500 km 30 to 1500 miles Type A E sa OAM040274 Average fuel consumption 1 100 km or MPG This mode calculates the average fuel consumption from the total fuel used and the distance since the last average con sumption reset The total fuel used is cal culated from the fuel consumption input For an accurate calculation drive more than 50 m 0 03 miles Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the average fuel consump tion is being displ
302. tinued e Do not modify or replace the front Continued Air bags can only be used once A WARNING Even though your vehicle is equipped with the occupant detection system never install a child restraint system in the front passenger s seat A deploying air bag can forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injuries or death Any child age 12 and under should ride in the rear seat Children too large for child restraints should use the avail able lap shoulder belts No mat ter what type of crash children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is illuminated when the front passenger s seat is occupied by an adult and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor have that person sit in the rear seat Continued passenger seat Don t place any thing on or attach anything such as a blanket or after market seat heater to the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant detection system Do not sit on sharp objects such as tools when occupying the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant detection system Do not use accessory seat cov ers on the front seats Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear as opposed to the front se
303. tion 1 Drive to the nearest safe location 2 With the engine off check the genera tor drive belt for looseness or break age 3 If the belt is adjusted properly a prob lem exists somewhere in the electrical charging system Have an authorized KIA dealer correct the problem as soon as possible D150315AUN Tailgate open warning light This warning light illuminates when the tailgate is not closed securely with the ignition switch in any position This warning light illuminates when a door is not closed securely with the igni tion switch in any position D150316AUN Door ajar warning light D150317AAM Immobilizer indicator re This indicator illuminates when the immobilizer key is inserted and turned to the ON position to start the engine At this time you can start the engine The indicator goes out after the engine is run ning If this indicator blinks when the ignition switch is in the ON position before start ing the engine have the system checked by an authorized KIA dealer Useeieeoesed Features of your vehicle D150318AHM Low fuel level warning light This warning light indicates the fuel tank is nearly empty When it comes on you should add fuel as soon as possible Driving with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel level below E can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter if equipped D150319AUN Low washer fluid level warning light if equ
304. tions The passenger s arms and hands should be placed on their laps Do not use any accessory seat covers Use of seat covers could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system Continued Continued Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side impact air bag Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself e Do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door and the front seat Such objects may become dan gerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side air bag inflates To prevent unexpected deploy ment of the side impact air bag that may result in personal injury avoid impact to the side impact sensor when the ignition switch is on If seat or seat cover is damaged have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized KIA dealer Inform that your vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and an occupant detection system Safety features of your vehicle OAM039034 Curtain air bag if equipped Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in cer tain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash sever ity angle speed and impact The curt
305. tions which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat 5 Improperly wearing the safety belt 6 Reclining the seat back Safety features of your vehicle C040301AHM C1 Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system Indicator Warning light Devices Condition detected by the occupant passENGER AIR detection system BAG OFF indica SRS warning Ho light g tor light 1 Adult or child age 13 and up Off Off Activated 2 Infant or child restraint system D ivi with 12 months old On off eactivateg 3 Unoccupied On Off Deactivated 4 Malfunction in the system Off On Activated 1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as a child depending on his her physique and posture 2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat When a smaller child than the same age sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as an infant depending on his her physique or posture 3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat 4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old with or without child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat This is a normal condition Safety features of your vehicle Continued B990A080 1KMN3663 1KMN
306. tire License plate lights 5 Map lamps 10 Room lamp 10 Luggage lamp 5 If equipped Specifications amp Consumer information TIRES AND WHEELS 1020000AAM EU Cold tire inflation pressure kPa psi Tire Wheel lug nut torque Item g Wheel size xi High speed size Normal speed load Maximum load kg m Ib ft Nem Front Rear Front Rear ae P195 65R15 6 0Jx15 230 230 240 240 Full size tire P205 55R16 6 5Jx16 33 33 35 35 Compact spare tire 7125 8015 doe 420 420 420 420 if equipped n 60 60 60 60 9 11 PE 230 230 240 240 65 79 88 107 Full size tire P225 45R1 5 45R18 7 0Jx18 33 33 35 35 f 420 420 420 420 Compact spare tire 7425 80016 4 0Tx16 if equipped 60 60 60 60 t Normal load Up to 3 persons 2 High speed above 160 km h 100 mph CAUTION When replacing tires use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly Specifications amp Consumer information RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES 1040000AAM EC To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability use only lubricants of the proper quality The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle
307. to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sud den stops To fold down the rear seatback 1 Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the pocket if equipped between the rear seatback and cushion and insert the rear seat belt webbing in the guide to prevent the seat belt from being dam aged 2 Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary slide the front seat forward 3 Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position ao EPOPEE EAE S afety features of your vehicle OAM039021 4 Pull on the seatback folding lever then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle When you return the seatback to its upright position always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback 5 To use the rear seat lift and pull the seatback backward by pulling on the folding lever Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place 6 Return the rear seat belt to the proper position A WARNING When you return the rear seatback to its upright position after being folded down Be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle Do not allow the seat belt webbing or buckle to get caught or pinched in the rear seat Ensure that the seat back is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback Otherwise in an accident or sudden stop the seat could fold down and allow cargo t
308. ton light blinks for 10 seconds Low tire pressure if equipped If one or more of your tires is significant ly under inflated when the ignition key is turned to the ON position the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Features of your vehicle REARVIEW CAMERA IF EQUIPPED Rear view display OAM049025L _OAM049037 D330000AHM EE The rearview camera will activate when the back up light is ON with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R Reverse position This system is a supplemental system that shows behind the vehicle through the rearview display mirror while back ing up The rearview camera may be turned off by pressing the ON OFF button 1 when the rearview camera is activated To turn the camera on again press the ON OFF button 1 again when the igni tion switch is on and the shift lever in R Reverse Also the camera will turn on automatically whenever the ignition switch is turned off and on again A WARNING e This system is a supplementary function only It is the responsi bility of the driver to always check the inside outside rearview mirror and the area behind the vehicle before and while backing up because there is a dead zone that can t see through the cam era Always keep the camera lens clean If lens is covered with for eign matier the camera may not operate normally HAZARD WARNING FLASHER OAM049039 D180000AHM Th
309. tors and warnings PA E AEE ini E E E 4 44 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 6 Instrument CLUSter tescie reseicrcnseississtses enres iras tienes eais ess 4 37 Engine temperature LAUGE eeeeereeeeeerereerereerereete 4 39 Fuel AU QE errerertrrerttrerererterirertretrinttenternnteneneneneneneeen 4 40 Instrument panel illuminations erisia 4 38 Odometer Tripmeter ee eteererereerereerereerereerereerereetes 4 40 Speedometer PAAA A OE AEI EES A A ETA 4 38 Tachometer ersssseceseceeeceeeeceeesceeeeceeeseeesceeeeceeeseeeeseeenees 4 38 Trip computer PENVEER ONEAN EAEE ETE PAL SEO E SAN TA EEN 4 4 Warning ANG indicators ssrsessesssiscernssssoosssscccsessensee 4 44 Instrument panel illumination eee eeeresesessesessesen 4 38 Instrument panel OVETV EY Eresi EESE r EEss st SE roo S EENEN EKSENE 2 3 Interior Carries tees eet eee eeeeteceeen eee eeeeeeeecaeeeeneceeeseneeneeneeeeneeees 7 57 Interior features irene dincses cece eeeeeeeceeeeceeceeeeceeeecseneesenees 4 88 PRS E 4 89 Cigarette lighter SORENE IIE ENAR E EISA EASE ITIITI 4 89 Clothes hanger PEPITA ERPE E EE EEE IETA AT E EEEE 4 91 Cup Inches sesionin ernis 4 89 Floor mat anchor s E E E E a a ET 4 92 Luggage n t holdere eeeeeeceeeeecee cece eeceececeeeeeeeeseeeeseeees 4 92 Power outlete erder ecien eere eee ES EErEE E FESS 4 90 Shopping bag holder ssseeeeseeseeteeeseeseeseteneees 4 91 a E E 4 90 Interior lights PEIE PEA AI AEAEE IEI EN EIEE P 4 65 INte
310. tractor seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle When not securing a child restraint the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver s seat belt Emergency Locking Retractor Type It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system the seat belt oper ation changes to allow the belt to retract but not to extend Automatic Locking Retractor Type Refer to Using a child restraint system in this section NOTICE Although the combination retractor provides the same level of protection for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes it is recom mended that seated passengers use the emergency locking feature for improved convenience The automatic locking function is intended to facilitate child restraint installation To convert from the automatic locking feature to the emergency locking operation mode allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully retract Safety features of your vehicle A CAUTION Do NOT fold down the left portion of the rear seat back when the rear center seat belt is buckled ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the rear center seat belt before foldin
311. tral position For your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position NOTICE If you press the ENGINE START STOP button without depressing the brake pedal for automatic transaxle vehicles the engine will not start and the ENGINE START STOP button changes as follow OFF ACC gt ON gt OFF or ACC Driving your vehicle Starting the engine NOTICE Kick down mecha nism if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with a kick down mechanism in the accelerator pedal it prevents you from driving at full throttle unintentionally by making the driver require increased effort to depress the accelerator pedal However if you depress the pedal more than approximately 80 the vehicle can be at full throttle and the accelerator pedal will be easier to depress This is not a malfunction but a normal condition Starting the gasoline engine if equipped 1 Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle 2 Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied 3 Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position 4 Press the ENGINE START STOP but ton 5 In extremely cold weather below 18 C O F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depress ing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without dep
312. ttach pieces of sticky tape or paper onto it e Make sure objects other than CDs are not inserted into the CD player Do not insert more than one CD at a time e Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt e Depending on the type of CD R CD RW CDs certain CDs may not operate normally according to manufacturing companies or making and recording methods In such circumstances if you still continue to use those CDs they may cause the malfunction of your vehicle audio system NOTICE Playing an Incompatible Copy Protected Audio CD Some copy protected CDs which do not comply with the international audio CD standards Red Book may not play on your vehicle audio Please note that if you try to play copy protected CDs and the CD player does not perform correct ly the CDs maybe defective not the CD player Features of your vehicle RADIO SET UP VOLUME CONTROL PA710 PA715 AMAB USA K There will be no Bluetooth logo if the Bluetooth feature is not supported 1 FM AM Selection Button 2 CD AUX Selection Button oie 3 Power ON OFF Button amp Volume Control Knob Automatic Channel Selection Button SCAN Button SETUP Button amp Clock Control Button TUNE Knob amp Sound Quality Control Knob Preset Button SAT ey oN DO A Features of your vehicle 1 FM AM Selection Button Turns to FM or AM mode and toggles in the order of FM
313. ture control knob to set the desired temperature If the temperature is set to the lowest setting Lo the air conditioning sys tem will operate continuously 3 To turn the automatic operation off select any button or switch of the fol lowing e Mode selection button e Air conditioning button e Front windshield defroster button e Air intake control button e Fan speed control switch The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically Regardless of the temperature setting when using automatic operation the air conditioning system can automatically turn on to decrease the humidity inside the vehicle even if the temperature is set to warm NOTICE Never place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system OUN026312 Features of your vehicle D240200AUN Manual heating and air condition ing The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button In this case the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected When pressing any button or turning any knob except AUTO button while automatic operation the functions not selected will be controlled automatically 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the o
314. turn off the Bluetooth System m Voice Recognition Activation e The voice recognition engine contained in the Bluetooth System can be acti vated in the following conditions Button Activation The voice recognition system will be active when the button is pressed and after the sound of a Beep Active Listening The voice recognition system will be active for a period of time when the Voice Recognition system has asked for a customer response e The system can recognize single digits from zero to nine while number greater than ten will not be recognized e The system shall cancel voice recogni tion mode in following cases When pressing the button and saying cancel following the beep When not making a call and pressing the ey button When voice recognition has failed 3 consecutive times At any time if you say help the system will announce what commands are available Features of your vehicle m Menu tree The menu tree identifies available voice recognition Bluetooth functions Call Name Ex Call John at Home Dial Number Ex Dial 911 Call By name By number Redial Call Back Phonebook Add entry By voice Change name Delete name Tip E Voice Operation To get the best performance out of the Voice Recognition System observe the followings Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the window t
315. u are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC position by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds If the vehicle is still moving you can restart the engine without depress ing the brake pedal by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the N Neutral position ACC Accessory Orange indicator e With automatic transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal The steering wheel unlocks and electri cal accessories are operational If the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position for more than 1 hour the button is turned off automatically to prevent battery discharge ON Green indicator e With automatic transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position for a long time The battery may discharge because the engine is not running Driving your vehicle START RUN NOTICE If you leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC or ON position for a long time the battery will discharge Not illuminated e With automatic transaxle To start the engine depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park or the N Neu
316. ur foot on the clutch pedal while driv ing This can cause unnecessary wear Do not partially engage the clutch to hold the car on an incline This causes unnec essary wear Use the foot brake or park ing brake to hold the car on an incline Do not operate the clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly E050102AUN Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traf fic or while driving up steep hills down shift before the engine starts to labor Downshifting reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you again need to increase your speed When the vehicle is traveling down steep hills downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life This vehicle is geared for improved fuel economy and may need to be driven in a lower gear when driving up hills or into high winds Using top gear is best for fuel economy but you should use the best gear for the road conditions Gee ees cca Driving your vehicle E050200AUN C1 Good driving practices Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This is extremely hazardous Always leave the vehicle in gear Don t ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunction Instead when you are driving down a long hill slow down and shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down the vehicle Slow down before shifting to a lower gear This will help avoid over revving the engine which can cause damage Slow
317. urrently played category in the same level Also when you rotate the knob counter clockwise it will display the songs cate gory before the song currently played category in the same level To listen to the song displayed in the song category press the button to skip to and play the selected song 7 CATEGORY Selection Button Moves to the upper category from cur rently played category of the iPod To move to play the category song displayed press TUNE ENTER knob You will be able to search through the lower category of the selected category The order of iPod s category is Playlist Albums Artists Genres songs com posers Features of your vehicle NOTICE FOR USING THE iPod DEVICE e Some iPod models might not sup port the communication protocol and the files will not be played Supported iPod models iPod Mini iPod 4th Photo 6th Classic generation iPod Nano 1st 4th generation iPod Touch 1st 2nd generation e The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be different from the order searched in the audio system e If the iPod disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual e An iPod may not operate normally on low battery e Some iPod devices such as the iPhone can be connected through the Bluetooth interface The device must have audio Bluetooth capabili ty such as for stereo headphone Bluetooth The device can play but
318. use any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is ina crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy Never place covers blankets or aftermarket seat warmers on the passenger seat as these may interfere with the occupant detec tion system Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental deployment of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inopera tive Continued remains illuminated while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized KIA dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possi ble Air bags can only be used once have an authorized KIA dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment The SRS is designed to deploy the front air bags only when an impact is sufficiently severe and when the impact angle is less than 30 from the forward longitu dinal axis of the vehicle Additionally the air bags will only deploy once Seat belts must be worn at all times Continued deploy in side impact rear impact or rollover crashes In addition front air bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold Continued Rear impact Safety features of your vehicle Continued e Even though your vehicle is equipped with the occupant detection system do not install a child restraint system in the front passenger seat position A child restraint system must
319. use your radio is designed to lock onto the clear est signal If this occurs select anoth er station with a stronger signal e Multi Path Cancellation Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering This can be caused by a direct and reflect ed signal from the same station or by signals from two stations with close frequencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed Features of your vehicle Satellite radio reception You may experience problems in receiv ing SIRIUS satellite radio signals in the following situations D ES E SATELITE1 e If you are driving in a tunnel or a cov ered parking area e If you are driving beneath the top level of a multi level freeway e If you drive under a bridge e If you are driving next to a tall vehi cle such as a truck or a bus that block the signal e If you are driving in a valley where the surrounding hills or peaks block the sig nal from the satellite e If you are driving on a mountain road where the signal is blocked by moun tains SS Mountains WS AT afd e If you are driving in an area with tall trees that block the signal 10m or more for example on a road through a dense forset e The signal can become weak in some areas that are not covered by the repeater station network CoS Unobstructed area lron bridges SATELITE2 please note that these may be othe
320. usual for additional Bluetooth related operations e Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference noise or malfunction to audio system In this case store the device in a different location may resolve the situation NOTE If you need more information about Kia s Bluetooth wireless technology Contact kia website www kia com OWNERS gt General Info gt BLUETOOTH wireless technology Features of your vehicle m Key matrix Class ired H P Connected 5 See Incoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call 2nd Call Empty BT SETUP menu 2nd call 2nd Call j e s9m Not Paired Not Connecting Accept Call 1st Call waiting 2nd Call waiting 2nd Call active 1st Call active Transfer call secret call VR VR VR VR MODE Cancel EMODE Cancelll MODE Cancel IMODE Cancslie Eci a Sirel Gell Enel Call Brel Call Speaker Speaker LONG Adaptation Adaptation 10sec Only English Only English SHORT Active Active Active Active Change Change Change Change A p A z language language language language Se eee ee AAR ee AOR ARRAROA ee ee ee ee ee ee eee eee eee eee Cee eee Cee eee eee Before driving 5 3 Key positions 5 4 Starting the engine 5 6 Engine start stop button 5 7 Manual Transaxle 5 12 Automatic transaxle 5 15 Brake system 5 22 Cruise control system 5 32 Economical operation 5 36 Special driving conditions 5 38 Winter driving 5 43 Dri
321. utside fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on Press the AUTO button in order to con vert to full automatic control of the sys tem OAM040202 D240201AAM Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system Refer to the illustration in the Manual cli mate control system The air flow outlet port is converted as follows am a Nh NG ed 7 Face Level B D Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet e IJ Bi Level B D C E Air flow is discharged towards the face and floor e Af Floor Level C E A D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side win dow defroster e V 7 Floor Defrost Level A C E D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Uewcigoaeced Features of your vehicle OAM040203 Defrost level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters OAM049059 Instrument panel vents The outlet port can be opened or closed separately using the thumbwheel Also you ca
322. utton for less than 0 8 second and press it again within 1 second to move to and play the previous track Press the button for 0 8 second or longer to play the song in reverse direc tion in fast speed e Press the TRACK button for less than 0 8 second to move to the next track Press the button for 0 8 second or longer to play the song in forward direc tion in fast speed 3 REPEAT Button Press this button for less than 0 8 second to activate RPT mode and longer than 0 8 second to activate WEPT mode RPT Only the current file is repeatedly played back RAT All files in a folder are repeat edly played back 4 RANDOM Playback Button Press this button for less than 0 8 second to activate RDM mode and longer than 0 8 second to activate A RDM mode e RDM All files in a folder are played back in random sequence A RDM All files in a USB memory are played back in random sequence 5 SCAN Selection Button Scan 10 seconds of each song in the USB device Press the button once again to cancel scanning 6 INFO Button Displays the information of the currently played file in the order of File Name Title Artist Album Folder Total File Normal Display File Name Displays no information if the file has no song information 7 SEARCH Knob amp ENTER Button Rotate the knob clockwise to display the songs after the currently played song Rotate the knob counterclo
323. ving your vehicle s Trailer towing 5 45 Vehicle load limit 5 46 Vehicle weight 5 50 Driving your vehicle E010000AUN WARNING ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous If at any time you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle open the win dows immediately Do not inhale exhaust fumes Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide a colorless odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia tion e Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized KIA dealer Do not run the engine in an enclosed area Letting the engine idle in your garage even with the garage door open is a hazardous practice Never run the engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at Fresh and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior If you must drive with the tailgate op
324. w defroster The defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the rear window while the engine is running To activate the rear window defroster press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before oper ating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster press the rear window defroster button again D220101AEN Outside rearview mirror defroster if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the out side rearview mirror defrosters they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster Features of your vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM 1 Fan speed control knob 2 Mode selection knob 3 Temperature control knob 4 Recirculated air position button 5 Rear window defroster button 6 Air conditioning button OAM049057 D230000AAM Features of your vehicle D230100AEN Heating and air conditioning Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating waf Cooling Sa 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh
325. ween you and other vehicles as it may be more difficult to see at night especially in areas where there may not be any street lights Driving your vehicle e Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s headlights e Keep your headlights clean and prop erly aimed Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more diffi cult to see at night Headlight operation when using windshield wipers is mandatory in some states e Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several seconds for your eyes to read just to the darkness E110500AUN Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous especially if you re not pre pared for the slick pavement Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle so slow down e Keep your windshield wiping equip ment in good shape Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield e If your tires are not in good condition making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident Be sure your tires are in good shape Turn on your headlights to make it eas ier for others to see you e Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes If you must go th
326. wer steering belt or drive belt for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear oiliness and proper ten sion Replace or adjust it if necessary G052400AUN Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts boots and clamps for cracks deterioration or damage Replace any damaged parts and if nec essary repack the grease G052500AUN Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and con nections for leakage and damage Maintenance ENGINE OIL 3 Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes about 5 minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean and re insert it fully OAMO079001 OAMO079004 G060100AHM EU 5 Pull the dipstick out again and check If jt is near or at L add enough oil to bring Checking the engine oil level hie The level should be between the level to F Do not overfill and L 1 Be sure the vehicle is on level ground 2 Start the engine and allow it to reach Use a funnel to help prevent oil from normal operating temperature CAUTION being spilled on engine components Do not overfill the engine oil It may damage the engine Use only the specified engine oil Refer e Do not spill engine oil when to Recommended lubricants and capaci adding or changing engine oil If _ tes in section 8 you drop the engine oil on the engine room wipe it off immedi ately Maintenance G060200AHM Changing the engine oil and filte
327. will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the interior Always use a child restraint appropriate for your child s height and weight Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the require ments of the safety standards of your country Before buying any child restraint system make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets the safety standards of your country The restraint must be appropriate for your child s height and weight Check the label on the child restraint for this information Refer to Child restraint system in this section C020301AHM Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts The lap portion should be fastened and snugged on the hips and as low as possible Check if the belt fits periodically A child s squirming could put the belt out of position Children are given the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat If a larger child over age 12 must be seat ed in the front seat the child should be securely restrained by the available lap shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position Children age 12 and under should be restrained securel
328. wing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured 4 Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use What to do in an emergency OAM069011 Rear if equipped O C i OAM069012L F080300AHM EU Emergency towing If towing is necessary we recommend you to have it done by an authorized KIA dealer or a commercial tow truck service If towing service is not available in an emergency your vehicle may be tem porarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook under the front or rear of the vehicle Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes Towing in this manner may be done only on hard surfaced roads for a short dis tance and at low speeds Also the wheels axles power train steering and brakes must all be in good condition Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehi cle out of mud sand or other condi tions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power e Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing e The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequent ly CAUTION Attach a towing strap to the tow hook Using a portion of the vehicle other than the tow hooks for tow ing may damage the body of your vehicle Only use a cable or chain specifi cally intended for use in towing vehicles Securely fasten the
329. wiper arm until it clicks into place wiper blade assembly 3 Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slight ly 4 Place back the wiper arm to the prop er position To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components have an authorized KIA dealer replace the wiper blade Maintenance BATTERY OAM079015 G190100AAM For best battery service e Keep the battery securely mounted e Keep the battery top clean and dry e Keep the terminals and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease e Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda e If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time disconnect the bat tery cables A WARNING Battery dangers Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery Keep lighted cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery Hydrogen a highly com bustible gas is always present in battery cells and may explode if ignited Keep batteries out of the reach of children because A batteries contain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin eyes clothing or paint finish Continued Continued If any electrolyte gets into your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and g
330. y in the rear seat NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch es the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system Safety features of your vehicle C020302AKM Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wear lap shoul der belt assemblies whenever possible according to specific recommendations by their doctors The lap portion of the belt should be worn AS SNUGLY AND LOW AS POSSIBLE on the hips not a cross the abdomen C020303AUN Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported When this is necessary you should con sult a physician for recommendations C020304AUN One person per belt Two people including children should never attempt to use a single seat belt This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident C020305AAM Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve max imum effectiveness of the restraint sys tem all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the vehicle is moving A seat belt cannot provide prop er protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or
331. y one minute and then remain con tinuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehi cle start ups as long as the malfunc tion exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function proper ly What to do in an emergency NOTICE If the TPMS Low Tire Pressure indicator do not illuminate for 3 sec onds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or engine is running or if they remain illumi nated after coming on for approxi mately 3 seconds take your car to your nearest authorized KIA dealer and have the system checked Low tire pressure telltale 1 When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicators are illumi nated one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the telltale illuminates immediately reduce your speed avoid hard cor nering and anticipate increased stop ping distances You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible Inflate the tires to the proper pres sure as in
332. your vehicle D150323AAM EU ESC Electronic Stability Control indicator if equipped The ESC indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 sec onds When the ESC is on it monitors the driving conditions and under normal driving conditions the ESC indicator will remain off When a slippery or low trac tion condition is encountered the ESC will operate and the ESC indicator will blink to indicate the ESC is operating If this indicator illuminates and stays on the ESC may have malfunctioned Take your vehicle to an authorized KIA dealer and have the system checked ee D150324AAM EU ESC OFF indicator ee if equipped OFF The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 seconds To switch to ESC function off press the ESC OFF button The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESC is deactivated D150325AAM Cruise indicators if equipped CRUISE indicator CRUISE The indicator illuminates when the cruise control system is enabled The cruise indicator in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the cruise control ON OFF switch on the steering wheel is pushed The indicator goes off when the cruise control ON OFF switch is pushed again For more information about the use of cruise control refer to Cruise control system in section 5 A oa Ga a a Sa Se eh Stal

2011 Soul Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents